König & Meyer Catalog 2025

Music stands
Stands and accessories for instruments
Drummer‘s thrones, benches & stools
Keyboard stands
Accessories for stages, studios and home recording
Microphone stands
Stands for speakers, lights and monitors
Multimedia equipment
Shop fittings
Notes

For over 75 years Our passion: Your music For over 75 years, König & Meyer has supported musicians worldwide—through big and small moments, whether on grand stages or in cozy rehearsal rooms. We’re proud to look back on our journey, which started in the 1950s with a humble music stand. We now offer over 1,500 products. But our success is about more than just innovation and precision. It’s the passion behind every employee, product, and decision that has made us a trusted and dependable name. In 2024, we celebrated 75 years of König & Meyer—and our dedication to creating reliable pro- ducts for musicians worldwide. Every stand, mount, and new product from our Wertheim facility adds another chapter to our story. Our focus remains on the future, especially on the music, the stages, and the people that inspire us. We would like to thank all our partners, customers, and friends for being part of this journey. Together, we’ll continue building the solid foundation that music deserves. We hope you enjoy exploring our products and leave you with this promise: music will always be a part of our lives. We look forward to continuing to support musicians so that they can concentrate on their art—with confidence in a quality that delivers what it promises. Gabriela König Heiko Wolz CEO CTO 3

With you on the stages of life Yesterday. Today. Tomorrow. For over 75 years, König & Meyer has been a part of the music world and supported it every step along the way. From the first rock ‘n’ roll sounds of the 50s to the big stage shows of the 70s to the digital revolution of the 21st century—K&M has been there as a reliable partner in the background and ensured successful gigs on the big and small stages of the world. What began with a music stand is now a globally recognized brand with over 1,500 products, almost all of which are manufactured in house. A journey through the decades shows how K&M embraced the trends and needs of musicians and became an indispensable part of the music industry. 55

C H A P T E R 1 T I M E L E S S The 50s and 60s The rise of music and the first steps from K&M The 50s—an era of new beginnings and reinven- tion. Rock ‘n’ roll sparked a revolution on living room radios and dance floors. It was precisely at this time that the journey of König & Meyer began. The first K&M music stand was mass- produced in Wertheim. This product turned an idea into an indispensable tool for musicians. The enthusiasm for music grew in the 60s. The “British Invasion” with the Beatles and Rolling Stones brought a wave of new artists and ideas. König & Meyer introduced microphone stands to its product range, and the legendary 210/2 quickly became a stage essential for performers around the world. It remains a top-selling product to this day and is unsurpassed in its popularity. The 70s and 80s From big stages and pop icons The 70s marked the beginning of an era of superstars and big stages. Artists such as Led Zeppelin, Pink Floyd, and David Bowie created elaborate shows with spectacular set-ups. Music evolved from sound into a full sensory experience. K&M responded with new speaker stands, especially the 214/6. The combination of stability and function made it the standard for small stages in particular and supported artists with demanding performances and on long tours. The 80s were a bold, colorful era of avant-garde creativity. Pop music experienced a boom, and stars such as Michael Jackson, Madonna, and Prince changed the image of pop culture. The saxophone, elevated by synth sounds, became the instrument of the hour and the K&M 14300 stand a trusted resting place for these prized instruments. In the glittering world of pop, musicians appreciated the robust and reliable stands from K&M. 6

The 1990s and 2000s The era of individuality and digital change The 90s—a decade of individuality and rebellion. Grunge, hip-hop, and techno took over the music scene and brought in a bold new genera- tion of artists. From small clubs to large festivals, musicians sought authenticity and expression. K&M responded with products that embodied this spirit. Guitar stands like the indestructible A-Frame 17540 suited a generation that lived for itself and its music. The 2000s ushered in the digital age. MP3 players, computers, and digital recording techniques revolutionized music production and made it more mobile and accessible. The stages became more versatile, and the new “Spider” keyboard stand set new standards in design and functionality. For keyboard players, the “Spider,” still one of today’s most iconic stands, brought new levels of freedom and flexibility. The 2010s to today Multimedia and the stage of tomorrow Music-making changed once again in the 2010s. Social media and streaming turned today’s artists into overnight stars with stages popping up everywhere—from living rooms to open-air festivals. K&M recognized this trend and develo- ped stands and holders for tablets, smart phones, and headphones for artists. The 16075 headphone stand has become indispensable for the digital generation who want to be creative anywhere and at any time. In the 2020s, club culture and festivals are once again thriving, and DJ equipment is evolving to keep up. The DJ table 12170 and its matching mounts are perfect for DJs and mobile artists ready to take their performance anywhere. And K&M? It remains in the middle of it all. Close to the artists. Since the 1950s, the company has been leading the way with products that musicians trust and love. 7

300 employees 1.500 products In line with our quality standards, almost all metal and plastic parts of our products are Whether you’re a beginner or a professional – König & Meyer offers the ideal music accessories manufactured in-house. for every area of use. König & Meyer puts your setup on a stable foundation. You can count on timeless design and high functionality. Durable and exact manufacturing by conviction. Made in Germany Customer satisfaction and quality For over 75 years, we’ve set the standard for quality in the music world. We stand for sturdy and intelligently designed equipment, with every single component bearing the unmistakable K&M signature. Resources & the environment Employee satisfaction and occupational safety 99

Consistent quality through permanent develop ment: This is K&M’s vision. The company focuses on the needs of tomorrow. Ideas often come from customers, musicians or employees. The pace is constantly increasing – and K&M is keeping up with it. As Technical Director, Heiko Wolz focuses on maximum flexibility and responsiveness. He has been familiar with the company for over 35 years, having started his career with an apprenticeship as a toolmaker. He knows that K&M has been doing many things right for many years. Regard- less of short-term promises of profit, the company had the foresight to keep the entire production structure and the development department at the company site in Wertheim. Today, this high level of vertical integration makes it possible to bring new products to prototype maturity in record time. 11 The great challenge of the future can be summed up in one word: Speed. With digitalization, the needs of the industry are evolving rapidly. Stands, tripods, and entire workstations that can think along with digital devices are in demand. What’s more, copies and replicas have never been on the market as quickly as they are today due to globalization.For a world of music in a constant state of change.CHAPTER 2 INNOVATION

To be able to keep Germany as a location in the long term, the strategy also includes targeted investments: State-of-the-art machinery such as the new powder coating system and laser technology make a rational production approach possible. Processing quality is the top priority. Only precision steel tubes are used, with no deviations in dimensions or tolerances. And there’s still another factor that makes K&M future-proof: teamwork. Fluctuation in the teams is low, and training within the company is excel- lent. Like the technical director, many of today’s senior employees joined the company as appren- tices. These include the sales manager, plant manager, export manager, the authorized signatory and the production manager. Investing in the “Made in Germany” of the future. 12 High vertical integration and innovative drive.CHAPTER 2 INNOVATION

Resource conservation and sustainability have been part of K&M’s philosophy since the 1970s. In 1998, K&M’s environmental management system received its first certification, and the company continues to set new goals and make continuous improvements. These include effective and recyclable use of raw materials, “We act with social and ecological responsibility – and not just since yesterday!” increasing conversion to renewable energy, reducing CO2 emissions in production, and treating used water to drinking quality. Since 1979, water con- sumption has been reduced by 94%. Photovoltaic systems on the roofs of the production halls and the new distribution center built in 2017 generate 670,000 kilowatt hours of electricity annually. Latest inventions Examples. 18800 Table-style keyboard stand »Omega-E« Electrically adjustable keyboard stand for 19743 Tablet PC holder »Biobased« Sturdy holder made of bio-based plastic for ergonomic playing while sitting or standing. tablets with case (up to 20 mm thick). 17534 Four guitar stand »Guardian 3+1« Colorless cushioned supports – for a secure hold of guitars that is gentle on the finish. 13 P. 155P. 341P. 79

Kastelruther Spatzen The Kastelruther Spatzen are the most successful group in the German folk music scene. In 2023, the exceptional musicians celebrated a milestone anniversary: ‚40 years of Kastelruther Spatzen.‘ K&M proudly accompanied them on their journey.“ The collaboration between K&M and the “Spatzen” began at a legendary meeting with drummer Rüdiger Hemmelmann, who lives in Himmelstadt near Würzburg. Today, K&M fully equips the band – on stage, in the studio and at TV appearances. And there is a lot to do: Since the debut album in 1983, a new studio album has been released almost every year. So K&M and the Kastelruther Spatzen have been a successful team for quite a few years now. K&M was there when the Spatzen won their various music awards, including an incredible 13 Echos as well as countless platinum and gold awards. The fact that the Kastelruther Spatzen and K&M harmonize so well is not least due to a similar concept of success: The group has never strayed from its original path and remains true to its roots to this day. P h o t o b y M e d i a P i i p a r i 16

„A special kind of keyboard.“ Nightwish The symphonic metal band from Kitee, Finland is one of the most successful bands in its genre internationally. Keyboardist Tuomas Holopainen wanted something special. Nightwish have sold several million records and played concerts in around 40 countries. K&M was privileged to support the band for years. In 2007, the band’s keyboardist Tuomas Holopai- nen finally approached K&M with a request for a custom-made keyboard. Instead of a horizontal keyboard, he wanted a keyboard that was tilted forward for festivals and live performances – so that the audience could see his playing better. With customized support arms for his “Baby-Spi- der Pro”, K&M developed the perfect tool. And K&M was also able to fulfill his second wish: an exclusive wine bottle holder. Nightwish from Finland – one of the most inter- nationally successful symphonic metal bands. 17 CHAPTER 3 TRUST

CHAPTER 3 TRUST * 3 Questions for our partners MilkyMilky Chance Chance a n i l o M y n o h t n A y b o t o h P “Living In A Haze” is a hymn to a freer life. Have you experienced moments like this? Absolutely. Sometimes you wish you could be free of all your obligations and just live for yourself. But being free also means being alone. And we’re very happy to have our families and the people around us. At the same time, we also feel that we lead relatively self-determined lives and that we have the free- dom to make the music we want to make. We realize that we have a privileged life and we’re very grateful for it, even if it’s too much sometimes. You’re very committed to environmental protection. Have you been able to inspire other bands by your example? We don’t know. That would be great, of course. For our part, we’re constantly inspired by many others when it comes to the topic of sustainability. It’s great to see that more and more people are getting involved and a network is forming. After all, we can only solve problems like this by working together. Living In A Haze Milky Chance is one of the few German bands to have toured the entire globe, playing head- liner shows on every continent. Philipp Dausch and Clemens Rehbein are guests on US late night shows, and their albums have gone gold and platinum in a wide variety of countries. Their current LP “Living In A Haze” seamlessly continues this string of successes. Your tour schedule was very full in 2023 / 2024. Was it a blessing to have more time for songwrit ing during the pandemic? A bit, for sure. We enjoyed the time off a lot on a personal level and, of course, we also had more time to go into the studio and write. 18

Donots The band with the misleading name hails from Ibbenbüren. But the constellation is far from having “nothing to do”: The current DONOTS album “Heut ist ein guter Tag” reached number 1 in the album charts, and in 2023 they went on a big club and festival tour. K&M will be there as always. Punk rock is loud, wild, and energetic. When the Donots enter a stage, it’s like a state of emergency. Their floor- shaking live spectacle has been taken to the next level with a custom build: K&M developed a space-efficient stand with a sturdy base plate for optimal drum miking. This leaves the musicians plenty of room to move around for their stage show. For this custom design, K&M’s development depart- ment was able to use individual components from other products as if from a construction kit – the bundling of all manufacturing processes in a single location made it possible. 21

Music stands König & Meyer music stands are the premium standard in the music industry worldwide. Their workmanship, durability and timeless design speak for themselves. All elements of the stand construc- tions are precisely coordinated and smoothly inter- lock with each other. At the same time, a meticulous selection of materials ensures that the music stands will withstand the high stresses of constant use for decades. Our product range offers a variety of designs and sizes. This means that every musician will find just the right König & Meyer music stand to suit them and their individual application – regardless of whether they’re ambitious young musicians or professional stage stars. 25

MUSIC STANDS · MUSIC STANDS WITH COLLAPSIBLE DESK BASELINE 1.3 kg steel 490 mm from 625 to 1,240 mm 435 x 215 mm U-profile legs snap into socket traditionally foldable 3-piece folding design different colors available MUSIC STAND 100/1 Weight Material Size when folded Height Music desk dimensions Leg construction Music desk Rod combination Special Order No. ocean blue 10010-000-33 blue 10010-000-54 black 10010-000-55 white 10010-000-57 red 10010-000-59 lilac 10010-000-65 K&M’s colorful collection of music stands helps to make music fun for kids of all ages. Folding, 3-piece telescopic design. L (folded): 460 mm, Wt: 1.3 kg, MD: 435 x 215 mm, H: 625/1240 mm. For those who like plenty of color Accessories Carrying case 10012 Page 63 27

MUSIC STANDS · MUSIC STANDS WITH COLLAPSIBLE DESK MUSIC STAND 100/5 Weight Material Size when folded Height Music desk dimensions Leg construction Music desk Rod combination Special Order No. blue 10050-000-54 black 10050-000-55 red 10050-000-59 BASELINE 1.4 kg steel 460 mm from 500 to 1,300 mm 435 x 215 mm brace construction, folds compactly traditionally foldable 3-piece folding design different colors avai- lable MUSIC STAND 10052 Weight Material Size when folded Height Music desk dimensions Leg construction Music desk Rod combination Special Order No. black 10052-000-55 BASELINE 1.5 kg steel 580 mm from 640 to 1,500 mm 435 x 215 mm brace construction, folds compactly traditionally foldable 3-piece folding design extra high MUSIC STAND »ROBBY PLUS« 10062 Weight Material Size when folded Height Music desk dimensions Leg construction Music desk Rod combination Special TOPLINE 1.75 kg steel 500 mm from 580 to 1,220 mm 485 x 240 x 42 mm U-profile legs with cross braces traditionally foldable 3-piece folding design extra-wide, extra stable expandable music desk, with ad- ditional sheet holders (775 mm) Accessories Carrying case 10711 Page 63 Order No. black 10062-015-55 Accessories Carrying case 10012 Page 63 Accessories Carrying case 10012 Page 63 Extra tall music stand (up to 1.500 mm) Expandable music desk 28

MUSIC STANDS · MUSIC STANDS WITH COLLAPSIBLE DESK TOPLINE 1.55 kg steel 490 mm from 585 to 1,220 mm 485 x 240 x 42 mm U-profile legs with cross braces traditionally foldable 3-piece folding design MUSIC STAND 10065 Weight Material Size when folded Height Music desk dimensions Leg construction Music desk Rod combination Order No. nickel-colored 10065-000-11 black 10065-000-55 MUSIC STAND 107 Weight Material Size when folded Height Music desk dimensions Leg construction Music desk Rod combination Special Order No. nickel-colored 10700-000-11 black 10700-000-55 STARLINE 2.45 kg steel 680 mm from 675 to 1,470 mm 485 x 240 x 42 mm solid brace construc- tion, folds compactly traditionally foldable 3-piece folding design extremely stable Accessories Carrying case 10012 Page 63 Accessories Carrying case 10711 Page 63 29

MUSIC STANDS · MUSIC STANDS WITH COLLAPSIBLE DESK 30 STARLINE 2.5 kg steel 680 x 90 x 120 mm from 720 to 1,520 mm 500 x 240 mm U-profile legs with cross braces traditionally foldable 3-piece folding design MUSIC STAND 10810 Weight Material Size when folded Height Music desk dimensions Leg construction Music desk Rod combination Order No. black 10810-000-55 The most impressive stand in its class. This extremely stable design of stand has a sheet music desk of 500 x 240 mm – for size plus grandeur. The three-piece folding music stand has easy-to-use clamping elements. Its large music desk has plenty of room for heavy folders and is an alternative to a music stand with a plate. Accessories Carrying case 10811 Page 63

MUSIC STANDS · MUSIC STANDS WITH NON-COLLAPSIBLE DESK BASELINE 3.02 kg steel from 610 to 1,080 mm 498 x 324 mm U-profile legs snap into socket 2-piece folding design quick-release lock perforated music desk MUSIC STAND 12179 Weight Material Height Music desk dimensions Leg construction Rod combination Connection stand/ plate Special Order No. black 12179-000-55 Height Music desk dimensions Leg construction Rod combination Connection stand/ plate Order No. black 10068-000-55 SCHOOL ORCHESTRA MUSIC STAND 10068 Weight Material TOPLINE 2.265 kg steel stand, aluminum desk from 555 to 1,190 mm 480 x 300 mm U-profile legs with cross braces 3-piece folding design prismatic »V-block« connector Accessories Carrying case 11450 Page 63 Accessories Carrying case 11450 Page 63 ORCHESTRA MUSIC STAND 118/1 Weight Height Music desk dimensions (Alumi- num) Music desk dimensions (wood) Leg construction Rod combination Connection stand/ plate TOPLINE 4.35 kg from 650 to 1255 mm 520 x 359 x 57 mm 550 x 370 x 56 mm socket with foldable legs 2-piece folding design prismatic »V-block« connector Order No. chrome stand, walnut wooden desk 11811-050-02 chrome stand, black wooden desk 11812-000-02 black stand, black wooden desk 11812-000-55 black stand, black aluminum desk 11818-000-55 chrome stand, beech wooden desk 11819-500-02 Accessories Carrying case 11450 Page 63 With snap closure mechanism Prismatic »V-block« Connector Prismatic »V-block« Connector 31

MUSIC STANDS · MUSIC STANDS WITH NON-COLLAPSIBLE DESK ORCHESTRA MUSIC STAND 118/3 Weight Material ORCHESTRA MUSIC STAND 118/4 Weight Material ORCHESTRA MUSIC STAND 11870 Weight Material TOPLINE 5 kg steel stand, wooden desk from 615 to 1,150 mm 550 x 440 mm socket with foldable legs 2-piece folding design prismatic »V-block« connector additional shelf TOPLINE 4.6 kg steel stand, wooden desk from 740 to 1,635 mm 550 x 355 mm socket with foldable legs 3-piece folding design prismatic »V-block« connector extra high Height Music desk dimensions Leg construction Rod combination Connection stand/ plate Special Height Music desk dimensions Leg construction Rod combination Connection stand/ plate Special TOPLINE 2.8 kg aluminum stand, steel desk 655 x 100 x 100 mm from 650 to 1,500 mm 490 x 340 x 50 mm tube legs with cross braces 3-piece folding design quick-release lock 750 mm user-friendly, quick-re- lease lock Size when folded Height Music desk dimensions Leg construction Rod combination Connection stand/ plate Base diameter Special Order No. black 11870-015-55 Order No. chrome stand with walnut wooden desk 11831-000-02 chrome stand with black wooden desk 11832-000-02 Order No. chrome stand, walnut wooden desk 11841-000-02 chrome stand, black wooden desk 11842-000-02 Accessories Carrying case 11450 Page 63 Prismatic »V-block« Connector Prismatic »V-block« Connector Quick-release lock Aluminum stand, steel desk 32

MUSIC STANDS · MUSIC STANDS WITH NON-COLLAPSIBLE DESK ORCHESTRA MUSIC STAND 11940 Weight Material Size when folded Height Music desk dimensions Leg construction TOPLINE 3.6 kg steel 730 x 100 x 100 mm from 740 to 1,270 mm 490 x 340 x 50 mm tube legs with cross braces 2-piece folding design ORCHESTRA MUSIC STAND 11960 Weight Material Size when folded Height Music desk dimensions Leg construction TOPLINE 3.7 kg steel 730 x 100 x 100 mm from 740 to 1,270 mm 490 x 340 x 50 mm tube legs with cross braces 2-piece folding design quick-release lock 750 mm user-friendly, quick-re- lease lock quick-release lock 750 mm user-friendly, quick-re- lease lock Rod combination Connection stand/ plate Base diameter Special Order No. black 11940-000-55 Rod combination Connection stand/ plate Base diameter Special Order No. black 11960-000-55 TOPLINE 2.64 kg steel stand, plastic desk from 545 to 1,220 mm 505 x 340 mm socket with foldable legs 2-piece folding design non-detachable collapsible music desk; nylon bag is included ORCHESTRA MUSIC STAND 12120 Weight Material Height Music desk dimensions Leg construction Rod combination Connection stand/ plate Special Order No. black 12120-000-55 Accessories Carrying case 11460 Page 63 Accessories Carrying case 11460 Page 63 User-friendly quick- release lock User-friendly quick- release lock Collapsible music desk made of plastic 33

MUSIC STANDS · MUSIC STANDS WITH NON-COLLAPSIBLE DESK ORCHESTRA MUSIC STAND 11922 Weight Material Size when folded Height TOPLINE 3.2 kg steel 95 x 95 x 735 mm from 678 to 1,250 mm 0° to 85° Angle of inclination Music desk dimensions Leg construction Rod combination Connection stand/ plate Base diameter Special Order No. black 11922-000-55 Music desk made of metal, covered with structural coating; U-profile legs snap into socket 500 x 320 mm U-profile legs snap into socket 2-piece folding design screw connection 666 mm Friction Lock: Quick height adjustment by push and pull Friction Lock: Quick height adjustment by push and pull Innovative orchestra music stand with infinitely variable height adjustment (friction lock). To ad- just the support height, from 678 to 1,250 mm, the tube combination is simply pushed apart or back again. For large, heavy music books weighing more than 2.5 kg, the height can be additionally secured by tightening the clamping sleeve. The large metal music desk measures 500 x 320 mm and is covered with a robust textured coating. The tilt of the music stand desk is also infinitely adjustable and large impact sound-absorbing rubber end caps ensure a safe and stable stand. Thanks to the retractable foot construction, the music stand is ideally suited for transport. 35

MUSIC STANDS · MUSIC STANDS WITH NON-COLLAPSIBLE DESK ORCHESTRA MUSIC STAND 11924 Weight Material Height Angle of inclination Music desk dimensions Leg construction Rod combination Connection stand/ plate Base diameter Special TOPLINE 3 kg steel from 750 to 1,280 mm 0° to 85° 500 x 320 mm fixed 2-piece folding design screw connection 535 mm stackable; Friction Lock: Quick height adjustment by push and pull Order No. black 11924-000-55 TOPLINE 2.2 kg steel stand, plastic desk from 750 to 1,280 mm 0° to 85° 500 x 320 mm fixed 2-piece folding design screw connection 535 mm stackable; Friction Lock: Quick height adjustment by push and pull ORCHESTRA MUSIC STAND 11925 Weight Material Height Angle of inclination Music desk dimensions Leg construction Rod combination Connection stand/ plate Base diameter Special Order No. black 11925-000-55 Accessories Wagon for orchestra music stands 11934 Page 39 Accessories Wagon for orchestra music stands 11934 Page 39 Only weighs 2.2 kg; Durable polycarbonate music desk is light, shock and scratch resistant; Fixed screw- in legs Friction Lock: Quick height adjustment by push and pull Music desk made of metal, covered with structural coating; Fixed screw-in legs p24e.k-m.de product video ORCHESTRA MUSIC STAND 11923 Weight Material TOPLINE 2.3 kg steel stand, plastic desk 95 x 95 x 735 mm from 678 to 1,250 mm 0° to 85° 500 x 320 mm U-profile legs snap into socket 2-piece folding design screw connection 666 mm Friction Lock: Quick height adjustment by push and pull Size when folded Height Angle of inclination Music desk dimensions Leg construction Rod combination Connection stand/ plate Base diameter Special Order No. black 11923-000-55 Only weighs 2.3 kg; Durable polycarbonate music desk is light, shock and scratch resistant; U-profile legs snap into socket Friction Lock: Quick height adjustment by push and pull 36

MUSIC STANDS · MUSIC STANDS WITH NON-COLLAPSIBLE DESK ORCHESTRA MUSIC STAND 11927 Weight Material ORCHESTRA MUSIC STAND 11920 Weight Material TOPLINE 2.5 kg steel stand, plastic desk from 653 to 1,185 mm 0° to 85° 500 x 320 mm leg base screwable 2-piece folding design screw connection 492 mm Friction Lock: Quick height adjustment by push and pull ORCHESTRA MUSIC STAND 11926 Weight Material Height Angle of inclination Music desk dimensions Leg construction Rod combination Connection stand/ plate Base diameter Special TOPLINE 3.3 kg steel from 653 to 1,185 mm 0° to 85° 500 x 320 mm leg base screwable 2-piece folding design screw connection 492 mm Friction Lock: Quick height adjustment by push and pull Order No. black 11926-000-55 Music desk made of metal, covered with structural coat ing; Space-saving base construction Friction Lock: Quick height adjustment by push and pull Height Angle of inclination Music desk dimensions Leg construction Rod combination Connection stand/ plate Base diameter Special Order No. black 11927-000-55 Only weighs 2.5 kg; Durable polycarbonate music desk is light, shock and scratch re- sistant; Space-saving base construction p24e.k-m.de product video TOPLINE 4.3 kg steel stand, aluminum desk from 680 to 1,210 mm 520 x 360 x 57 mm socket with foldable legs 2-piece folding design prismatic »V-block« connector 680 mm 3 mm thick music desk, can also be used as a writing surface Height Music desk dimensions Leg construction Rod combination Connection stand/ plate Base diameter Special Order No. black 11920-000-55 Accessories Carrying case 11450 Page 63 Prismatic »V-block« Connector 37

MUSIC STANDS · MUSIC STANDS WITH NON-COLLAPSIBLE DESK ORCHESTRA MUSIC STAND »OVERTURE« 11930 Weight Material Height TOPLINE 3.5 kg steel from 760 to 1,300 mm 0° to 90° Angle of inclination Music desk dimensions Leg construction Rod combination Connection stand/ plate Base diameter Special Order No. black 11930-000-55 500 x 320 x 56 mm fixed 2-piece folding design non-detachable 535 mm stackable; height adjustment by using clamping lever Specially designed for venues such as schools, concert halls. The minimum stacking distance is only 70 mm. Trolley 11935 for up to 12 or- chestra music stands is optionally available. Wt: 3.6 kg, MD: 500 x 320 mm, H: 760/1300 mm. Accessories Wagon for orchestra music stands 11934 Carrying case 11450 Page 39 63 Optional: Trolley 11934 for transport and storage for up to 12 orchestra music stands 38

MUSIC STANDS · CONDUCTOR STANDS ORCHESTRA CONDUCTOR STAND BASE 12330 Weight Material Height Leg construction Rod combination Connection stand/ plate Base diameter Special 8.1 kg steel from 840 to 1,400 mm flat steel plate 2-piece folding design screw connection 700 mm height is adjusted in 40 mm steps and is set using a metal lever ORCHESTRA CONDUCTOR STAND BASE 12331 Weight Material Height Leg construction Rod combination Connection stand/ plate Special 4.2 kg steel from 850 to 1,370 mm tube legs with cross braces 2-piece folding design screw connection height is adjusted in 40 mm steps and is set using a metal lever Order No. black 12330-000-55 Accessories Orchestra conductor stand desk 12332/12333 Orchestra conductor stand desk 12334/12335 Orchestra conductor stand desk 12338 Score tray 12336/12337 Page 41 42 42 42 Order No. black 12331-000-55 Accessories Orchestra conductor stand desk 12332/12333 Orchestra conductor stand desk 12334/12335 Orchestra conductor stand desk 12338 Score tray 12336/12337 Page 41 42 42 42 ORCHESTRA CONDUCTOR STAND DESK 12332/12333 Weight Material Music desk dimensions Connection stand/ plate Fits 3.7 kg wood 800 x 400 mm screw connection 12330, 12331 Order No. beech nature 12332-000-00 black 12333-000-55 41

SCORE TRAY 12336/12337 Weight Material Dimensions Suitable for tubing diameter of Fits 3.7 kg wood 700 x 350 mm 35 to 42 mm 12330, 12331 Order No. beech nature 12336-000-00 black 12337-000-55 MUSIC STANDS · CONDUCTOR STANDS ORCHESTRA CONDUCTOR STAND DESK 12334/12335 Weight Material Music desk dimensions Connection stand/ plate Fits Special 4.3 kg wood 800 x 465 mm screw connection 12330, 12331 with shelves ORCHESTRA CONDUCTOR STAND DESK 12338 Weight Material Music desk dimensions Connection stand/ plate Fits Special 3.95 kg wood 575 x 360 mm screw connection 12330, 12331 extendable up to 870 mm Order No. beech nature 12334-000-00 black 12335-000-55 Order No. black 12338-000-55 42

SOUND INSULATION STAND 11900 Weight Material SOUND INSULATION ELEMENT FOR ORCHESTRA SEATS WITH BACKREST 11905 Weight Material MUSIC STANDS · ACCESSORIES FOR ORCHESTRA ACOUSTIC ABSORBER WITH VELCRO STRIP 11901 Weight Material Dimensions Fits 0.13 kg foam pads 605 x 240 x 50 mm 11900, 11905 Order No. anthracite 11901-000-62 3.02 kg stand steel, acrylic glass shield from 900 to 1,400 mm 450 x 240 mm socket with foldable legs 2-piece folding design prismatic »V-block« connector 670 mm can be used on both sides (concave, convex) Height Dimensions shield Leg construction Rod combination Connection stand/ shield Base diameter Special Order No. black 11900-000-55 1.75 kg stand steel, acrylic glass shield 700 mm 450 x 240 mm prismatic »V-block« connector 13420, 13430, 13435, 13440, 13460, 13470, 13480 can be used on both sides (concave, convex) Height Dimensions shield Connection stand/ shield Fits Special Order No. black 11905-000-55 Accessories Acoustic absorber with Velcro strip 11901 Page 43 Accessories Acoustic absorber with Velcro strip 11901 Page 43 Prismatic »V-block« Connector Can be attached to the individual backrest bar. With Prismatic »V-block« Connector. For use with Sound insulation stands 11900 and 11905. 43

MUSIC STANDS · ACCESSORIES FOR ORCHESTRA RAILING FOR CONDUCTOR PODIUM 11991 Weight Material Height Width Fits Special 5.82 kg steel 1,002 mm 882 mm 11990 two adapter pins are included Order No. 11991-000-00 FEET FOR CONDUCTOR PODIUM 11992 Weight Material Dimensions dia- meter Fits Special 0.31 kg aluminum 50 x 182 mm 11990 with integrated levelling screws to adjust for uneven surfaces; for conductor podium hight 20 cm Order No. 11992-000-00 CONDUCTOR PODIUM 11990 Weight Material Dimensions Special Order No. black 11990-000-55 21 kg aluminum 1,000 x 1,000 x 96 mm with noise filtering carpet Page Accessories Railing for conductor podium 11991 46 Feet for conductor podium 11992 46 Feet for conductor podium 11993 47 Stair for conductor podium 11994 47 Curtain for conductor podium 11995 47 46

FEET FOR CONDUCTOR PODIUM 11993 Weight Material Dimensions diameter Fits Special 0.47 kg aluminum 50 x 382 mm 11990 with integrated levelling screws to adjust for uneven surfaces; for conductor podium hight 40 cm Order No. 11993-000-00 Accessories Stair for conductor podium 11994 47 Curtain for conductor podium 11995 47 Page MUSIC STANDS · ACCESSORIES FOR ORCHESTRA STAIR FOR CONDUCTOR PODIUM 11994 Weight Material Dimensions Fits Special 10.84 kg steel 990 x 369 x 200 mm 11990, 11993 feet are equipped with levelling screws to adjust for uneven surfaces CURTAIN FOR CONDUCTOR PODIUM 11995 Weight Material Width Height Fits Special 0.26 kg polyester 1,000 mm 400 mm 11990, 11993 aluminum profile/frame with a Velcro strip included Order No. 11994-000-00 Order No. black 11995-000-55 47

MUSIC STANDS · WOODEN MUSIC STANDS WOODEN MUSIC STAND 116/1 Weight Material Height Music desk dimensions Rod combination Connection stand/ plate 2.81 kg beech wood from 715 to 1,225 mm 460 x 300 mm 2-piece folding design screw connection WOODEN MUSIC STAND 117 Weight Material Height Music desk dimensions Rod combination Connection stand/ plate Special 3.28 kg beech wood from 960 to 1,320 mm 450 x 310 mm 2-piece folding design screw connection curved baroque design Order No. walnut colored 11611-000-00 beech colored 11616-000-00 cherrywood colored 11617-000-00 Order No. walnut colored 11701-000-00 beech colored 11706-000-00 cherrywood colored 11707-000-00 48

MUSIC STANDS · TABLE MUSIC STANDS UNI-BOY »BOOK« STAND 12440 Weight Material Size when folded Angle of inclination Music desk dimensions Special 1.98 kg plastic 235 x 173 x 13 mm 10° to 50° 173 x 235 mm for sheet music, books, magazines, reports etc. UNI-BOY »CLASSIC« STAND 12450 Weight Material Size when folded Angle of inclination Music desk dimensions Special 2.02 kg plastic 230 x 173 x 13 mm 10° to 50° 173 x 230 mm for sheet music, books, magazines, reports etc. TABLE MUSIC STAND 124 Weight Material Size when folded Music desk dimensions Special 0.28 kg steel 260 x 47 x 37 mm 500 x 200 mm Expandable, folding table-top music stand with sheet music retainers; also for zither players Order No. nickel-colored 12400-000-11 Order No. 4 color set (unit: 22 pcs.) 12440-000-00 blue (unit: 12 pcs.) 12440-012-54 red (unit: 12 pcs.) 12440-012-59 green (unit: 12 pcs.) 12440-012-60 yellow (unit: 12 pcs.) 12440-012-61 Order No. 4 color set (unit: 22 pcs.) 12450-000-00 blue (unit: 12 pcs.) 12450-012-54 red (unit: 12 pcs.) 12450-012-59 green (unit: 12 pcs.) 12450-012-60 49

MUSIC STANDS · LIGHTS LED PIANO LAMP 12296 Weight Material Connection Electrical connec- tion data Intensity Lighting appliance Power supply Light positioning by Lamp shade length Special Order No. black 12296-000-55 1.6 kg Base zinc die-cast, gooseneck steel, plas- tic lamp shade electric cable 3 m 230 V AC 50 Hz ~2,500 lux 12 LEDs only mains operation gooseneck 296 mm includes power ad- apter; perfect for stage and digital pianos; very bright LED piano lamp LED PIANO LAMP 12297 Weight Material Connection Electrical connec- tion data Intensity Lighting appliance Power supply Light positioning by Lamp shade length Special Order No. gold-colored 12297-000-40 black 12297-000-55 1.75 kg Base zinc die-cast, gooseneck steel, plas- tic lamp shade electric cable 3 m 230 V AC 50 Hz ~2,500 lux 12 LEDs only mains operation gooseneck 296 mm includes power ad- apter; very bright LED piano lamp Very bright LED piano lamp with 12 LEDs (2500 Lux) Very bright LED piano lamp with 12 LEDs (2500 Lux). Perfect for stage pianos and digital pianos Includes power adapter Includes power adapter 50

Color temperature of 3000 Kelvin, 12 LEDs (2500 Lux). MUSIC STANDS · LIGHTS 1.5 kg Base zinc die-cast, gooseneck steel, plastic lamp shade electric cable 3 m 230 V AC 50 Hz ~2,500 lux 12 LEDs only mains operation gooseneck 300 mm includes power adapter; brightness dimmable; warm white light (3000 K), Flux: 230 Lumen LED PIANO LAMP 12298 Weight Material Connection Electrical connection data Intensity Lighting appliance Power supply Light positioning by Lamp shade length Special Order No. gold-colored 12298-000-40 black 12298-000-55 white 12298-000-57 silver 12298-000-63 Piano lamp with elegant design. State-of-the-art LED technology ensures pleasant warm white light (3000 K, 12 LEDs, 2500 Lux), long life and low energy consumption. A variable dimmer switch adjusts the brightness. Optimum posi- tioning thanks to a long and flexible gooseneck (415 mm length). The heavy base ensures a stable stand. Power supply is included. Brightness is adjusted using a Includes power adapter variable dimmer switch 51

MUSIC STAND LIGHT »DOUBLE LED FLEXLIGHT« 12243 Weight Material Intensity Clamping range Lighting appliance Power supply 0.064 kg plastic 2 x ~700 lux up to 25 mm 2 LEDs battery operation 3 x Micro (AAA) 1.5 V goosenecks batteries included Light positioning by Special Order No. black 12243-000-55 Accessories Base »FlexLight« 12256 Page 62 MUSIC STAND LIGHT »2 LED FLEXLIGHT« 12242 Weight Material Intensity Clamping range Lighting appliance Power supply Light positioning by Special Order No. black 12242-000-55 0.047 kg plastic ~1,150 lux up to 25 mm 2 LEDs battery operation 3 x Micro (AAA) 1.5 V or mains power with power unit gooseneck batteries included Accessories Base »FlexLight« 12256 Power unit »FlexLight« 12257 Page 62 62 Battery operation or mains power possible MUSIC STANDS · LIGHTS MUSIC STAND LIGHT »LED FLEXLIGHT« 12241 Weight Material Intensity Clamping range Lighting appliance Power supply Light positioning by Special Order No. black 12241-000-55 0.08 kg plastic ~800 lux up to 25 mm 1 LED battery operation 3 x Micro (AAA) 1.5 V gooseneck batteries included Accessories Base »FlexLight« 12256 Page 62 52

MUSIC STAND LIGHT »DOUBLE2 LED FLEXLIGHT« 12244 Weight Material Intensity Clamping range Lighting appliance Power supply 0.066 kg plastic 2 x ~1,300 lux up to 25 mm 2 x 2 LEDs battery operation 3 x Micro (AAA) 1.5 V or mains power with power unit goosenecks batteries included Light positioning by Special Order No. black 12244-000-55 Accessories Base »FlexLight« 12256 Power unit »FlexLight« 12257 Page 62 62 Battery operation or mains power possible MUSIC STANDS · LIGHTS MUSIC STAND LIGHT »DOUBLE2 LED FLEXLIGHT RECHARGEABLE« 12259 Weight Material Intensity Clamping range Lighting appliance Power supply Light positioning by Special 0.11 kg plastic 2 x ~1,300 lux up to 25 mm 2 x 2 LEDs rechargeble battery goosenecks USB charging cable included MUSIC STAND LIGHT »2 LED FLEXLIGHT RECHARGEABLE« 12263 Weight Material Intensity Clamping range Lighting appliance Power supply Light positioning by Special NEW 0.09 kg plastic ~1,150 lux up to 25 mm 2 LEDs rechargeble battery gooseneck USB charging cable included Order No. black 12263-000-55 Order No. black 12259-000-55 Clamping range up to 25 mm 53

MUSIC STANDS · LIGHTS MUSIC STAND LIGHT »DOUBLE4 LED FLEXLIGHT« 12246 Weight Material Intensity Clamping range Lighting appliance Power supply 0.068 kg plastic 2 x ~1,700 lux up to 25 mm 2 x 4 LEDs battery operation 3 x Micro (AAA) 1.5 V or mains power with power unit goosenecks switch between 2 levels of brightness; batteries included Light positioning by Special Order No. black 12246-000-55 Powerful and multifunctional dual-headed light with 2 flexible goosenecks which allow the musician to focus light to a pinpoint or evenly over a larger area. The light provides comfort and versatility to accommodate a variety of lighting needs through 4 powerful LEDs rated for 100,000 hours on each head and two brightness settings. The latest LED technology guarantees a bright light source and minimal energy consumption. A practical and extra-wide clip provides for easy attachment to all music desks or table tops with a thickness of 25 mm. The light is powered by 3 (1.5 V AAA) batteries (included) with a typical battery life of 10 hours. Powered also by AC adapter (not included). Accessories Base »FlexLight« 12256 Power unit »FlexLight« 12257 Page 62 62 55 Battery operation or mains power possible

NEW MUSIC STAND LIGHT »T-MODEL LED FLEXLIGHT RECHARGEABLE« 12264 Weight Material Intensity Clamping range Lighting appliance Power supply Light positioning by Lamp shade length Special 0.14 kg plastic ~4,200 lux up to 25 mm 8 LEDs rechargeble battery gooseneck 61 mm switch between 2 levels of brightness; USB charging cable included Order No. black 12264-000-55 MUSIC STAND LIGHT »4 LED T-MODEL FLEXLIGHT« 12274 Weight Material Clamping range Lighting appliance Power supply Light positioning by Lamp shade length Special 0.06 kg plastic up to 25 mm 4 LEDs battery operation 3 x Micro (AAA) 1.5 V or mains power with power unit gooseneck 40 mm switch between 2 levels of brightness; color temperature of 3000 Kelvin, Flux: 32 Lumen; integrated magnet; batteries included Order No. black 12274-000-55 Accessories Power unit »FlexLight« 12257 Page 62 Color temperature of 3000 Kelvin Battery operation or mains power possible MUSIC STANDS · LIGHTS MUSIC STAND LIGHT »T-MODEL LED FLEXLIGHT« 12247 Weight Material Intensity Clamping range Lighting appliance Power supply Light positioning by Lamp shade length Special Order No. black 12247-000-55 0.096 kg plastic ~4,200 lux up to 25 mm 8 LEDs battery operation 3 x Micro (AAA) 1.5 V or mains power with power unit gooseneck 72 mm switch between 2 levels of brightness; batteries and bag included Accessories Base »FlexLight« 12256 Power unit »FlexLight« 12257 Page 62 62 Battery operation or mains power possible 56

MUSIC STANDS · LIGHTS MUSIC STAND LIGHT »DOUBLE4 LED T-MODEL FLEXLIGHT« 12273 Weight Material Clamping range Lighting appliance Power supply Light positioning by Lamp shade length Special Order No. black 12273-000-55 0.1 kg plastic up to 25 mm 2 x 4 LEDs battery operation 3 x Micro (AAA) 1.5 V or mains power with power unit gooseneck 80 mm switch between 2 levels of brightness; color temperature of 3000 Kelvin, Flux: 64 Lumen; batteries included Battery operation or mains power possible Color temperature of 3000 Kelvin Powerful and multifunctional dual-headed light with 2 flexible goosenecks which allow the musician to focus light to a pinpoint or evenly over a larger area. The light provides comfort and versatility to accommodate a variety of lighting needs through 4 powerful LEDs rated for 100,000 hours on each head and two brightness settings. The pleasant warm white light is equal to a color temperature of 3000 Kelvin. The latest LED technology guarantees a bright light source and minimal energy consumption. A practical and extra-wide clip provides for easy attachment to all music desks or table tops with a thickness of 25 mm. The light is powered by 3 (1.5 V AAA) batteries (included) with a typical battery life of 10 hours. Powered also by AC adapter (not included). Accessories Base »FlexLight« 12256 Power unit »FlexLight« 12257 Page 62 62 57

MUSIC STANDS · LIGHTS MUSIC STAND LIGHT »CONCERT LIGHT« 12248 Weight Material Connection Electrical connec- tion data Clamping range Lighting appliance Stromversorgung Power supply elektr. 0,349 kg 0.349 kg Kunststoff plastic Stromkabel 3 m electric cable 3 m 110 V - 240 V~ 50 Hz 110 V to 240 V AC - 60 Hz 50 Hz - 60 Hz 25 mm up to 25 mm 6 LEDs battery operation 3 Micro (AAA) 1,5 V oder x Micro (AAA) 1.5 V or mains power with power unit gooseneck 150 mm 150 mm 2 Helligkeitsstufen switch between 2 schaltbar; levels of brightness; inklusive Batterien, batteries, power adap- Netzteil und Trage ter and carrying case included Verstellung (Leuchten) Länge Lampenschirm Light positioning by Lamp shade length Special Order No. black 12248-000-55 € 35,90 Accessories Standfu� »FlexLight« 12256 Base »FlexLight« 12256 Page 62 Set: Batteries, power Set: Inklusive Batterien, adapter and carrying Netzteil und Tragetasche case included 58

MUSIC STANDS · LIGHTS MUSIC STAND LIGHT »ORCHESTRA LIGHT EOS« 12249 Weight Material Connection Electrical connection data Clamping range Lighting appliance Power supply Light positioning by Lamp shade length Special Order No. black 12249-000-55 0.521 kg plastic electric cable 3 m 110 V to 240 V AC 50 Hz - 60 Hz up to 20 mm 9 LEDs battery operation 3 x Mignon (AA) 1.5 V or mains power with power unit gooseneck 210 mm switch between 2 levels of brightness; batteries, power adapter and carrying case included Set: Batteries, power adapter and carrying case included Professional orchestra light with batteries and power supply. Nine extra bright and energy- efficient LEDs provide consistent and vibrant lighting. The flexible gooseneck is fully adjusta- ble. The light has a switch with two brightness levels. The light cone is limited to the music sheet through an anti-glare shield. An extra- strong clip provides a secure grip on music stands. The complete set is comprised of 3 AA 1.5 V batteries, a power supply with a 3 m cord, as well as a durable carrying case. 59

MUSIC STANDS · LIGHTS MUSIC STAND LIGHT »TWIN HEAD« 12270 Weight Material Size when folded Connection Electrical connec- tion data Intensity Clamping range Lighting appliance Power supply 0.28 kg plastic 165 x 100 x 55 mm electric cable 3 m 110 V to 240 V AC 50 Hz - 60 Hz 2 x ~1,400 lux up to 25 mm 2 x 4 LEDs battery operation 3 x Mignon (AA) 1.5 V or mains power with power unit goosenecks newest LED techno- logy; bright and focused light; both light heads work individually; batteries and power adapter included MUSIC STAND LIGHT »TWIN HEAD PRO« 12271 Weight Material Size when folded Connection Electrical connec- tion data Intensity Clamping range Lighting appliance Power supply 0.33 kg plastic 175 x 170 x 60 mm electric cable 3 m 110 V to 240 V AC 50 Hz - 60 Hz 2 x ~2,500 lux up to 25 mm 2 x 6 LEDs battery operation 3 x Mignon (AA) 1.5 V or mains power with power unit goosenecks newest LED techno- logy; brightness dimmable: warm white light; both light heads work individually; batteries and power adapter included Light positioning by Special Light positioning by Special Order No. black 12270-000-55 Order No. black 12271-000-55 For music desks up to 25 mm thickness Brightness dimmable via a rotary knob 60

MUSIC STANDS · LIGHTS MUSIC STAND LIGHT »DIMMER LIGHT« 12295 Weight Material Connection Electrical connection data Intensity Clamping range Lighting appliance Power supply Light positioning by Lamp shade length Special 0.415 kg steel electric cable 3 m 110 V to 240 V AC 50 Hz - 60 Hz 2 x ~2,500 lux up to 25 mm 2 x 6 LEDs battery operation 3 x Mignon (AA) 1.5 V or mains power with power unit gooseneck 300 mm 12 energy saving and durable LEDs; brightness dimmable; color temperature of 3000 Kelvin; batteries and power adapter included Order No. black 12295-018-55 Equipped with 12 energy saving and durable LEDs, guarantees optimal music desk lighting. The re-designed light can now be operated with batteries or with a power supply. The brightness is adjusted using a variable dimmer switch. The flexible gooseneck ensures that the light is ide- ally positioned. A handy clip provides for easy attachment to all music desks with a thickness of 25 mm. Includes a power supply with a 3 m cord and 3 AA batteries. 61 Brightness is adjusted using a variable dimmer switch

POWER UNIT »FLEXLIGHT« 12257 Weight Connection Input Output Fits 0.1 kg electric cable 3 m 100 to 240 V AC 5 V DC 12242, 12244, 12246, 12247, 12273, 12274 can also be used as replacement for 12245, 12248, 12249, 12270 and 12295 Special Order No. black 12257-000-00 REPLACEMENT BULB 12290 Weight Electrical connec- tion data Power output Socket 0.02 kg 230 V AC 50 Hz max. 25 watt E 14 Order No. 12290-000-00 MUSIC STANDS · LIGHTS BASE »FLEXLIGHT« 12256 Weight Material Fits Order No. black 12256-000-55 0.055 kg plastic 12241, 12242, 12243, 12244, 12245, 12246, 12247, 12248, 12273 LED REPLACEMENT BULB 12294 Weight Length Electrical connec- tion data Power output Socket 0.02 kg 115 mm 230 V AC 50 Hz 3 watt E 14 Order No. 12294-019-00 62

MUSIC STANDS · ACCESSORIES CARRYING CASE 10012 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits Order No. 10012-000-00 0.12 kg nylon 540 mm shoulder strap hook-and-loop fas- tener 100/1, 100/5, 10062, 10065, 15239, 19759, 19784 CARRYING CASE 10111 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits Order No. 0.08 kg nylon 400 mm handle hook-and-loop fastener 101 CARRYING CASE 10711 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits Order No. 0.213 kg nylon 680 mm shoulder strap hook-and-loop fastener 10052, 107 10111-000-00 10711-000-00 CARRYING CASE 10811 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits Order No. 10811-000-00 0.22 kg nylon 700 mm handle zip fastener 10810, 141/1, 149/9, 14950, 14951, 14985, 15060, 15239, 252, 259, 259/1, 28130 CARRYING CASE 11450 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits Special Order No. 11450-000-00 0.82 kg nylon 700 x 120 x 450 mm handle and shoulder straps zip fastener 10068, 118/1, 11870, 11920, 11930, 12150, 12155, 12179, 14960 2 internal compart- ments and outside pocket for music and accessories CARRYING CASE 11460 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits Special Order No. 11460-000-00 0.57 kg nylon 820 x 100 x 380 mm handle zip fastener 11940, 11960 2 internal compart- ments and outside pocket for music and accessories 63

MUSIC STANDS · ACCESSORIES MUSIC AND INSTRUMENT TRAY 122a Weight Material Dimensions Screw-on to Special 0.4 kg wood 390 x 120 mm tube diameter 30 mm with felt inner-lining Order No. walnut 12211-000-55 NEW MUSIC AND INSTRUMENT TRAY 12215 Weight Material Dimensions Screw-on to 0.66 kg steel 368 x 125 mm tube diameter 30 mm Order No. structured black 12215-000-56 MUSIC AND INSTRUMENT TRAY 12218 Weight Material Dimensions Screw-on to Special 0.48 kg aluminum 390 x 125 mm tube diameter 30 mm with felt inner-lining Order No. black 12218-000-55 SHEET MUSIC HOLDER 13105 Weight Material Dimensions Screw-on to Special 0.35 kg aluminum 90 x 240 x 130 mm tube diameter 30 mm collapsible MAGNET 115/6 Weight Dimensions Special 0.035 kg 58 x 27 mm with felt lining; imprint of customer logos is possible Order No. black 13105-000-55 Order No. black with K&M logo 11560-000-55 2 kg steel 250 x 330 mm tube diameter 30 mm can/cup holder is included; with slot for convenient cable routing; a foam insert is inclu- ded Practical sheet music holder; folds small TRAY 12225 Weight Material Dimensions Screw-on to Special Order No. black 12225-020-55 64

MUSIC STANDS · ACCESSORIES POWER MAGNET 11580 Weight Material Dimensions dia- meter Special 0.052 kg steel 12 x 16 mm Strong magnetic power - mini size; 2 magnets in blister packaging Order No. zinc-plated (unit: 2 pcs.) 11580-000-29 zinc-plated (unit: 10 pcs.) 11581-000-29 SHEET MUSIC CLIPS »FIX´N CLIP« 16055 Weight Material Dimensions Special 0.033 kg plastic 85 x 25 x 40 mm with magnetic back; attractive display pa- ckaging with 24 units Order No. unit: 24 pcs. 16055-024-00 SHEET MUSIC CLIP 16060 Weight Material Dimensions Special Order No. black (unit: 4 pcs.) 16060-000-55 black (unit: 100 pcs.) 16060-100-55 0.026 kg plastic 51 x 50 x 22 mm 4 pieces in a poly bag CAN HOLDER 16024 Weight Material Screw-on to Suitable for Order No. black 16024-000-55 0.15 kg plastic, steel tube diameter 30 mm cans and smaller bottles with maximum diameter of 70 mm DRINK HOLDER 16018 Weight Material Screw-on to Height Suitable for Order No. black 16018-000-55 0.27 kg steel tube diameter 30 mm 80 mm bottles, glasses and cups with maximum diameter of 85 mm DRINK HOLDER 16019 Weight Material Clamping range Height Suitable for Order No. black 16019-000-55 0.34 kg steel up to 40 mm 80 mm bottles, glasses and cups with maximum diameter of 85 mm 65

MUSIC STANDS · ACCESSORIES DRINK HOLDER »BIOBASED« 16027 Weight Material Screw-on to Suitable for 0.13 kg Bio-based plastic tube diameter 30 mm bottles, glasses and cups with maximum diameter of 95 mm UNIVERSAL DRINK HOLDER 16022 Weight Material Screw-on to Suitable for 0.389 kg steel tube diameter 30 mm bottles, glasses and cups with maximum diameter of 95 mm Order No. black 16027-000-55 Order No. black 16022-000-55 NEW 0.38 kg steel tube diameter 30 mm bottles, glasses and cups with maximum diameter of 116 mm ideal for holding mugs, beer mugs and large bottles UNIVERSAL DRINK HOLDER XL 16026 Weight Material Screw-on to Suitable for Special Order No. black 16026-000-55 PENCIL HOLDER 16092 Weight Material Suitable for tubing diameter of Order No. black 16092-000-55 0.002 kg plastic 13 to 15 mm PENCIL HOLDER 16094 Weight Material Suitable for tubing diameter of Order No. black 16094-000-55 0.003 kg plastic 20 to 22 mm PENCIL HOLDER 16096 Weight Material Suitable for tubing diameter of Order No. black 16096-000-55 0.004 kg plastic 24 to 26 mm 66

STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · FRETTED INSTRUMENTS 1.93 kg steel 420 mm from 220 to 350 mm acoustic guitars non-marring material locking screw with push-button system GUITAR STAND »MEMPHIS TRAVEL« 17550 Weight Material Size when folded Height Support depth Suitable for Instrument support Special E-GUITAR STAND 17540 Weight Material Height Width-adjustable Suitable for Instrument support Adjustment 1.86 kg steel 420 mm from 220 to 350 mm electric guitars non-marring material locking screw with push-button system Order No. black with translucent support elements 17540-013-00 black 17540-013-55 cork 17540-013-95 A-GUITAR STAND 17541 Weight Material Height Width-adjustable Suitable for Instrument support Adjustment Order No. black 17541-013-55 cork 17541-013-95 0.46 kg aluminum 290 mm 275 mm from 68 to 127 mm acoustic and electric guitars non-marring material fits in almost every Gig Bag; very light; folds very small; instrument support arms adjust to fit vari- ous guitar sizes; the two feet which can be folded out at the front ensure additional stability Stable and easy to adjust and fold by push-button system Order No. black anodized 17550-000-35 Fits in almost every Gig Bag Adjustable support arms for electric and acoustic guitars With exclusive non-marring material to protect instrument finishes 70 p02e.k-m.de Product video

STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · FRETTED INSTRUMENTS A-GUITAR STAND »HELI 2« 17580 Weight Material Size when folded Height Width-adjustable Suitable for Instrument support Adjustment 0.95 kg steel 365 x 295 x 30 mm 330 mm from 185 to 230 mm acoustic guitars non-marring material foldable by bracket with hinge also for headless guitars, cellos and french horns; easy to transport and store; integrated guitar pick holders, 2 picks included Special Order No. blue 17580-014-54 black 17580-014-55 red 17580-014-59 cork 17580-014-95 The completely revised world-renowned classic stand is presented in a new look. The instru- ment is particularly well cared for thanks to the elaborate new rubber structure. With the new innovative adjustable cross bar, guitars of different sizes or even other instruments such as a cello or French horn can be placed on the stand. For storage and transport the stand folds flat. In addition, we provide a practical transport lock. An additional feature includes integrated guitar pick holders. Heli 2 is available in black, red, blue and cork. Width-adjustable from 185 to 230 mm. Wt: 0.95 kg, H: 330 mm. Modern design; with pick holders 72

E-GUITAR STAND »HELI 2« 17581 Weight Material Size when folded Height Width-adjustable Suitable for Instrument support Adjustment 1.32 kg steel 380 x 290 x 33 mm 350 mm from 185 to 230 mm electric guitars non-marring material foldable by bracket with hinge New in 4 positions adjustable support system Special Order No. black 17581-014-55 cork 17581-014-95 In four positions adjustable support system STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · FRETTED INSTRUMENTS E-GUITAR STAND »WAVE 20« 17590 Weight Material Size when folded Height Support depth Suitable for Adjustment 0.48 kg plastic 290 x 25 x 210 mm 290 mm 58 mm electric guitars 5-way width adjustable by two cross braces with inserted screw Order No. black 17590-000-55 A-GUITAR STAND »WAVE 10« 17591 Weight Material Size when folded Height Support depth Suitable for Adjustment 0.58 kg plastic 290 x 25 x 320 mm 320 mm 135 m acoustic guitars 5-way width adjustable by two cross braces with inserted screw also for french horns, cellos, banjos Special Order No. black 17591-000-55 73

STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · FRETTED INSTRUMENTS GUITAR STAND »MEMPHIS 10« 17680 Weight Material Height Rod combination Suitable for 1.6 kg steel from 550 to 1,120 mm 2-piece folding design acoustic and electric guitars with safety strap foam pads clamping lever anti-twist feature on the extension rod Yoke Instrument support Adjustment Special Order No. black 17680-000-55 GUITAR STAND »MEMPHIS 20« 17685 Weight Material Height Support depth Suitable for 1.08 kg steel 735 mm from 68 to 127 mm acoustic and electric guitars with safety strap non-marring material clamping lever instrument support arms adjust to fit vari- ous guitar sizes Yoke Instrument support Adjustment Special Order No. black 17685-000-55 74 GUITAR STAND »MEMPHIS PRO« 17670 Weight Material Height Rod combination Suitable for 1.5 kg steel from 550 to 1,000 mm 2-piece folding design acoustic and electric guitars self-locking non-marring rubber clamping lever folds small; patented flexible hoo- king-in and clamping system; studs at support arms provide extra protec- tion; anti-twist feature on the extension rod; suitable for asymmetric guitar necks Yoke Instrument support Adjustment Special Order No. black 17670-000-55 Patented flexible hooking- in and clamping system p03e.k-m.de product video

STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · FRETTED INSTRUMENTS GUITAR STAND »CARLOS« 17650 Weight Material Size when folded Height Support depth Base dimensions Suitable for 1.1 kg plastic 790 x 515 x 85 mm 760 mm 125 mm 410 x 515 mm acoustic and electric guitars with safety strap felt pads folds flat; functional neck lock (Security Lock) Functional neck lock Yoke Instrument support Special Order No. black 17650-000-55 Unique guitar stand in a tall A-frame design for acoustic or electric guitars. The durable and light one-piece plastic construction stands for functionality and stability. The guitar stand folds flat for easy transport. The support arms with soft felt pads protect the bottom of the guitar from scratches and damage. The stand is suitable for all kind of guitar lacquers, including nitro lacquer. The functional neck lock provides for a secure hold when the guitar is placed on the stand. Attractive design, perfect for home and studio 76

STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · FRETTED INSTRUMENTS GUITAR STAND »DOUBLE« 17620 Weight Material Size when folded Height Rod combination Suitable for Yoke Instrument support Base diameter Special Order No. black 17620-000-55 2.053 kg steel 750 x 260 mm from 800 to 1,300 mm 2-piece folding design acoustic and electric guitars self-locking non-marring material 760 mm to hook 2 guitars; suitable for all guitars with headstock, bas- ses, acoustic guitars, ukuleles, banjos etc. FOUR GUITAR STAND »ROADIE« 17605 Weight Material Height Base dimensions Rod combination Suitable for Yoke Instrument support Adjustment Special 4.79 kg steel from 1,030 to 1,185 mm 660 x 350 mm 2-piece folding design acoustic and electric guitars fixed non-marring material in 3 steps suitable for 4 guitars; also for special V- and X-shaped guitar models; also suitable for guitars with attached cable connectors and straps; foldable for transport Accessories Carrying case 18846 Page 175 Order No. black with translucent support elements 17605-000-00 The patented hanger is suitable for all types of guitar headstocks Suitable for un- usually shaped guitars Foldable for transport 77

STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · FRETTED INSTRUMENTS p08e.k-m.de product video Translucent elements – suitable for all kind of lacquers, including nitro lacquer FIVE GUITAR STAND »GUARDIAN 5« 17515 Weight Material Size when folded Height Base dimensions Suitable for Instrument support Special 4.65 kg plastic 996 x 670 x 173 mm 700 mm 996 x 335 mm acoustic and electric guitars non-marring material Protective bars prevent damage from bumps or knocking; additional slots for electric guitars; holds the guitar’s neck without tou- ching the strings; integrated pick holders Order No. black with translucent support elements 17515-016-00 black 17515-016-55 The „Guardian“ holds 5 guitars securely, no matter whether you have acoustic, electrical or bass guitars. The protective bars stop the guitars from rotating and prevent inadvertent removal or knocks or bumps. The soft pads made of high quality thermoplastic elastomer have cushioning characteristics. Highly flexible, sub-divided support arms with integrated pick holders mean the guitar can be held from either side (right or left) and that Suitable for acoustic and electrical guitars Optional: Caster set 17510 the strings are untouched. The „Guardian“ is avai- lable entirely in black or with translucent support elements, which excludes potential discoloration of valuable guitars with nitrocellulose paints. With innovative folding mechanism. Accessories Castor set for »Guardian« 17510 Page 80 78

STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · FRETTED INSTRUMENTS FIVE E-GUITAR STAND »GUARDIAN 5« 17525 Weight Material Size when folded Height Base dimensions Suitable for Instrument support Special 4.7 kg plastic 688 x 670 x 173 mm 700 mm 688 x 335 mm electric guitars non-marring material Protective bars prevent damage from bumps or knocking; holds the guitar’s neck without touching the strings; integrated pick holders FOUR GUITAR STAND »GUARDIAN 3+1« 17534 Weight Material Size when folded Height Base dimensions Suitable for Instrument support Special 3.7 kg plastic 626 x 670 x 173 mm 700 mm 626 x 335 mm 1 acoustic and 3 elect- ric guitars non-marring material Protective bars prevent damage from bumps or knocking; holds the guitar’s neck without touching the strings; integrated pick holders Order No. black with translucent support elements 17525-016-00 Accessories Castor set for »Guardian« 17510 Page 80 Order No. black with translucent support elements 17534-016-00 Accessories Castor set for »Guardian« 17510 Page 80 Translucent elements - suitable for guitars with nitro laquer. THREE GUITAR STAND »GUARDIAN 3« 17513 Weight Material Size when folded Height Base dimensions Suitable for Instrument support Special 3.6 kg plastic 626 x 670 x 173 mm 700 mm 626 x 335 mm acoustic and electric guitars non-marring material Protective bars prevent damage from bumps or knocking; additional slots for electric guitars; holds the guitar’s neck without touching the strings; integrated pick holders Order No. black with translucent support elements 17513-016-00 black 17513-016-55 Accessories Castor set for »Guardian« 17510 Page 80 Optional: Caster set 17510 p08e.k-m.de product video 79

STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · FRETTED INSTRUMENTS CASTOR SET FOR »GUARDIAN« 17510 Weight Material Fits 0.35 kg steel 17513, 17515, 17525, 17534 set of 4 (locking) castors Special Order No. black 17510-000-55 GUITAR PERFORMER STAND 14760 Weight Material Size when folded Height Suitable for instru- ment widths Rod combination Suitable for Instrument support Special 3.29 kg steel 790 mm from 690 to 1,550 mm from 39 to 60 mm 3-piece folding design electric guitars felt-lined angle and length adjust to your needs GUITAR PERFORMER STAND 14761 Weight Material Size when folded Height Suitable for instru- ment widths Rod combination Suitable for Instrument support Special 2.23 kg steel 790 mm from 690 to 1,550 mm from 75 to 135 mm 3-piece folding design acoustic guitars felt-lined angle and length adjust to your needs Order No. black 14760-000-55 Order No. black 14761-000-55 Accessories Carrying case 18846 Page 175 Accessories Carrying case 18846 Page 175 For all »Guardian« guitar stands from models -016- onwards 80

STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · FRETTED INSTRUMENTS GUITAR WALL MOUNT 16220 Weight Material Dimensions Suitable for Yoke Instrument support Direction Order No. cork 16220-000-95 0.13 kg wood 82 x 100 x 115 mm acoustic and electric guitars fixed non-marring material forward-turned GUITAR WALL MOUNT 16280 Weight Material Dimensions Suitable for Yoke Instrument support Direction 0.155 kg plastic, steel 94 x 66 x 138 mm acoustic and electric guitars self-locking non-marring material forward-turned Order No. black 16280-000-55 cork 16280-000-95 white with translucent support elements 16280-014-00 GUITAR WALL MOUNT 16250 Weight Material Dimensions Suitable for Yoke Instrument support Direction Special Order No. black 16250-000-55 0.17 kg plastic, steel 80 x 60 x 116 mm acoustic and electric guitars self-locking non-marring material forward-turned additional guard cams prevent guitar from turning; automatic back release mechanism; support arms work individually; suitable for asymmetric guitar necks 81

STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · FRETTED INSTRUMENTS GUITAR WALL MOUNT 16235 Weight Material Dimensions Suitable for Yoke Instrument support Direction Order No. black 16235-018-55 0.311 kg steel 300 x 120 x 80 mm acoustic and electric guitars fixed non-marring material left or right turned GUITAR WALL MOUNT 16255 Weight Material Dimensions Suitable for Yoke Instrument support Direction Order No. black 16255-018-55 0.446 kg steel 300 x 150 x 80 mm acoustic and electric guitars self-locking non-marring material left or right turned 0.2 kg plastic, steel 84 x 108 x 152 mm acoustic and electric guitars self-locking non-marring material forward-turned patented flexible hoo- king-in and clamping system; studs at support arms provide extra protec- tion; suitable for asymmetric guitar necks GUITAR WALL MOUNT 16240 Weight Material Dimensions Suitable for Yoke Instrument support Direction Special Order No. black 16240-000-55 Patented, flexible hooking-in and clamping system 82

STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · FRETTED INSTRUMENTS WALL MOUNT FOR ELECTRIC GUITAR 16295 Weight Material Dimensions Suitable for Instrument support Direction Special Order No. black 16295-000-55 1.17 kg steel 690 x 220 x 155 mm electric guitars silicone cover in 8° settings 360° adjustable flexible support arms for neck and body WALL MOUNT FOR ACOUSTIC GUITAR 16296 Weight Material Dimensions Suitable for Instrument support Direction 1.14 kg steel 690 x 220 x 205 mm acoustic guitars silicone cover in 8° settings 360° adjustable flexible support arms for neck and body Special Order No. black 16296-000-55 Special protective instrument supports FOOTREST 14640 Weight Material Height Dimensions Height adjustment Order No. black 14640-000-55 0.31 kg aluminum, plastic from 105 to 180 mm 202 x 91 mm 4 different positions Aluminum, plastic - weighs only 310 g 83

STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · FRETTED INSTRUMENTS 0.6 kg steel from 119 to 264 mm 250 x 98 mm 6 different positions non-skid plastic pad FOOTREST 14670 Weight Material Height Dimensions Height adjustment Special Order No. nickel-colored 14670-014-11 blue 14670-014-54 black 14670-014-55 red 14670-014-59 GUITAR CAPO 30900 Weight Material Dimensions Clamping range Instrument support Finger board Clamping Special Order No. matt chrome 30900-000-02 0.038 kg zinc die-cast 70 x 16 x 92 mm 20 to 30 mm non-marring slip-proof pad curved spring-tension quickly adjustable with one hand; does not obstruct playing; for Western-style and electric guitars GUITAR CAPO 30910 Weight Material Dimensions Clamping range Instrument support Finger board Clamping Special Order No. matt chrome 30910-000-02 0.061 kg zinc die-cast 80 x 14 x 90 mm 15 to 28 mm non-marring slip-proof pad flat spring-tension quickly adjustable with one hand; does not obstruct playing; for classical guitars Quickly adjustable with one hand; does not obstruct playing Quickly adjustable with one hand; does not obstruct playing 84

STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · FRETTED INSTRUMENTS GUITAR TOOL 14585 Weight Material Dimensions Consisting of Order No. 14585-000-00 0.09 kg steel 80 x 34 x 17 mm various Allen keys in inch and metric sizes and various screw- drivers STRING CUTTER 14590 Weight Material Length Special Order No. 14590-000-00 0.285 kg steel 192 mm high cutting perfor- mance with little effort; opens by spring me- chanism; plastic-coated handles UKULELE HOLDER 15590 Weight Material Dimensions Screw-on to Special Order No. black 15590-000-55 0.137 kg steel 66 x 116 x 60 mm tube diameter 30 mm rubberized support arms Ukulele holder can be attached to tubes with a diameter up to 30 mm 85

STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · FRETTED INSTRUMENTS UKULELE / VIOLIN STAND 17595 Weight Material Size when folded Height Support depth Base dimensions Instrument support 0.2 kg plastic 206 x 19 x 220 mm 220 mm 85 mm 206 x 170 mm non-marring slip-proof material foldable by bracket with hinge for small string instruments, such as ukuleles or violins Adjustment Special Order No. black 17595-000-55 CAPO FOR UKULELES 30920 Weight Material Dimensions Clamping range Instrument support Finger board Clamping Special Order No. matt chrome 30920-000-02 0.05 kg zinc die-cast 55 x 11 x 70 mm 11 to 22 mm non-marring slip-proof pad curved spring-tension quickly adjustable with one hand; does not obstruct playing; for ukuleles Easy handling and mini- mum weight combined with excellent stability Quickly adjustable with one hand; does not obstruct playing UKULELE WALL MOUNT 16590 Weight Material Dimensions Suitable for Yoke Instrument support Direction 0.093 kg plastic, steel 80 x 66 x 102 mm ukulele fixed non-marring material forward-turned Order No. black 16590-000-55 High quality wall mount with non-marring plastic material 86

DULCIMER STAND 28070 Weight Material Height Angle of inclination Support depth Support width Leg construction Instrument support Adjustment Height adjustment Number of legs Special 7.22 kg steel from 700 to 1,050 mm 0° to 45° from 455 to 665 mm from 310 to 500 mm collapsible square tube legs felt-lined continuous spring-loaded clam- ping knob 4 length and width adjustable; folding base for easy transportation; additional levelling screw for uneven surfaces Order No. black 28070-022-55 Accessories Music holder for dulcimer stand 28070 11515 Carrying case 21311 Carrying case »Pro« 21312 Carrying case »Select« 21316 Page 87 292 294 293 STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · FRETTED INSTRUMENTS MUSIC HOLDER FOR DULCIMER STAND 28070 11515 Weight Material Music desk dimensions Music desk Fits 0.95 kg steel 485 x 240 x 42 mm traditionally foldable 28070 Order No. black 11515-000-55 87

STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · STRING INSTRUMENTS VIOLIN HOLDER 15580 Weight Material Screw-on to Instrument support Special Order No. black 15580-000-55 0.11 kg plastic yoke, steel clamp tube diameter 30 mm flocked high quality flocking cover; with holder for bow VIOLIN WALL HOLDER 16580 Weight Material Instrument support Special 0.08 kg plastic flocked high quality flocking cover; with holder for bow Order No. black 16580-000-55 VIOLIN STAND 15520 Weight Material Height Instrument support Adjustment Order No. black 15520-000-55 0.64 kg aluminum 365 mm non-marring material foldable by bracket with hinge Secure grip Holder for bow 88

STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · STRING INSTRUMENTS VIOLIN/UKULELE DISPLAY STAND 15550 Weight Material Height Instrument support Special 0.15 kg plastic 205 mm non-marring material for small string instru- ments, such as violins or ukuleles; folds small Order No. wooden look 15550-000-98 0.52 kg aluminum 350 x 110 x 70 mm from 360 to 570 mm with safety strap non-marring material clamping lever folds small; comes with a nylon bag; integrated bow holder; for various violin models VIOLIN STAND 15530 Weight Material Size when folded Height Yoke Instrument support Adjustment Special Order No. black 15530-000-55 Folds small Display Stand for small string instru- ments, such as violins or ukuleles CELLO STAND 141/1 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction Rod combination Suitable for Instrument support Base diameter Support width Special Order No. black 14110-011-55 2.54 kg steel 175 x 130 x 605 mm from 620 to 1,120 mm tube legs with cross braces 2-piece folding design all cellos non-marring material 800 mm 380 mm bow holder included Accessories Carrying case 10811 Carrying case 14102 Page 63 96 Bow holder Rubber covered support arms 89

STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · STRING INSTRUMENTS DOUBLE BASS STAND 141 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction Rod combination Suitable for Instrument support Base diameter Support width Special Order No. black 14100-011-55 2.6 kg steel 175 x 130 x 605 mm from 620 to 1,120 mm tube legs with cross braces 2-piece folding design all string basses non-marring material 800 mm 405 mm bow holder included STAND FOR ELECTRIC DOUBLE BASS 14160 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction Support width Rod combination Suitable for Instrument support Base diameter Special 2.78 kg steel 115 x 150 x 890 mm from 920 to 1,620 mm tube legs with cross braces from 75 to 155 mm 2-piece folding design electric double bass non-marring material 800 mm flocked bow holder included; support width can be adjusted individually to the size of the instrument Accessories Carrying case 14102 Page 96 Order No. black 14160-000-55 Accessories Universal carrying case 15043 Carrying case 18846 Page 95 175 Rubber covered instrument support Rubber covered support arms Flock covered bow holder CELLO STAND 14130 Weight Material Size when folded Height Width-adjustable Suitable for Instrument support Adjustment Special Order No. cork 14130-000-95 2.362 kg steel 335 x 90 x 580 mm 535 mm from 285 to 450 mm all cellos non-marring material locking screw with push-button system bow holder included; adjustable end cap to stabilize the stand on uneven surfaces Compactly folding cello stand, covered with an attractive rubber/cork material 90

STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · WIND INSTRUMENTS SAXOPHONE STAND 14300 Weight Material Height Leg construction Suitable for Instrument support Special 1 kg steel 485 mm socket with foldable legs Eb Alto and Bb Tenor Sax non-marring material fiberglass reinforced plastic base; flexible upper support arm; lower support arm bracket with seve- ral vertical locking positions SOPRANO SAXOPHONE STAND 14315 Weight Material Height Leg construction Suitable for Instrument support Special 1 kg steel 485 mm socket with foldable legs curved Soprano Saxo- phones non-marring material fiberglass reinforced plastic base; flexible upper support arm; lower support arm bracket with seve- ral vertical locking positions Order No. black 14300-000-55 Order No. black 14315-000-55 Accessories Peg holder 14301 Carrying case 14303 Page 111 91 Accessories Peg holder 14301 Carrying case 14303 Page 111 91 Covered with exclusive non-marring material; Flexible upper support arm CARRYING CASE 14303 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits Special Order No. 14303-000-00 0.389 kg nylon 470 x 200 x 150 mm handle zip fastener 14300, 14315, 14945, 14952, 25950 for 2 saxophones or other instrument combinations like 1 x 14300 and 1 x music stand 101; with 2 internal com- partments 91

STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · WIND INSTRUMENTS SAXOPHONE STAND »JAZZ« 14330 Weight Material Height Suitable for Instrument support Adjustment Special 0.292 kg aluminum 310 mm Eb alto saxophones non-marring material central locking screw folds very small; easy-to-use; can be transported in the supplied velour bag in the saxophone bell; embedded foot end caps SAXOPHONE STAND »JAZZ« 14335 Weight Material Height Suitable for Instrument support Adjustment Special 0.36 kg aluminum 425 mm Bb tenor saxophones non-marring material central locking screw folds very small; easy- to-use; can be transported in the supplied velour bag in the saxophone bell; embedded foot end caps SAXOPHONE STAND »SAXXY« 14340 Weight Material Height Suitable for Instrument support Special 0.36 kg steel 300 mm Eb alto saxophones non-marring material folds very small; can be transported in the supplied velour bag in the saxophone bell Order No. black 14340-000-55 Order No. black 14330-000-55 Order No. black 14335-000-55 Comes with a velour bag Folds very small 92 Comes with a velour bag Folds very small

STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · WIND INSTRUMENTS SAXOPHONE STAND »SAXXY« 14350 Weight Material Height Suitable for Instrument support Special 0.58 kg steel 420 mm Bb tenor saxophones non-marring material folds very small; can be transported in the supplied velour bag in the saxophone bell SOPRANO SAXOPHONE STAND »SAXXY« 14355 Weight Material Height Suitable for Instrument support Special 0.135 kg aluminum 188 mm soprano saxophones non-marring material folds very small; can be transported in the supplied velour bag in the saxophone bell Order No. black 14350-000-55 Order No. black 14355-000-55 SOPRANO SAXOPHONE STAND 15290 Weight Material Height Leg construction Instrument support Number of legs Special 0.34 kg plastic 250 mm leg base screwable felt pads 5 The detachable metal leg base screws into the peg so that the entire unit can be stored in the bell of the instrument for easy transport Order No. black 15290-000-55 Comes with a velour bag Folds very small Leg base screws into the peg. Can be stored in the bell of the instrument. 93

STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · WIND INSTRUMENTS BARITONE SAXOPHONE STAND 144/1 Weight Material Height Leg construction 1.8 kg steel from 790 to 915 mm tube legs with cross braces 2-piece folding design baritone saxophones non-marring material adjustable lower sup- port arm bracket Rod combination Suitable for Instrument support Special Order No. black 14410-021-55 Accessories Carrying case 14102 Page 96 BARITONE SAXOPHONE STAND 14415 Weight Material Base dimensions Size when folded Height Rod combination Suitable for Instrument support 3 kg steel 400 x 440 mm 700 x 400 x 120 mm from 650 to 920 mm 2-piece folding design baritone saxophones non-marring slip-proof material spring-loaded clam- ping knob adjustable end cap to stabilize the stand on uneven surfaces Adjustment Special Order No. black 14415-000-55 BASS SAXOPHONE STAND 14960 Weight Material Base dimensions Size when folded Height Rod combination Instrument support 3.3 kg steel 430 x 400 mm 685 x 410 x 150 mm from 630 to 890 mm 2-piece folding design non-marring slip-proof material spring-loaded clam- ping knob bass saxophones adjustable end cap to stabilize the stand on uneven surfaces Adjustment Suitable for Special Order No. black 14960-000-55 Accessories Carrying case 11450 Page 63 Rubber covered instrument supports Rubber covered instrument supports; lower support can be steplessly positioned Adjustable end cap 94

STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · WIND INSTRUMENTS BASSOON STAND 150/1 Weight Material Size when folded Height Support width Leg construction Rod combination Suitable for Instrument support Base diameter Special Order No. black 15010-011-55 2.9 kg steel 185 x 135 x 645 mm from 700 to 1,200 mm from 57 to 87 mm tube legs with cross braces 2-piece folding design bassoon felt-lined 800 mm support width can be adjusted individually to the size of the instrument Accessories Carrying case 14102 Universal carrying case 15043 Page 96 95 CONTRABASSOON STAND 15045 Weight Material Size when folded Base diameter Height Leg construction Rod combination Support width Suitable for Instrument support Order No. black 15045-011-55 3.1 kg steel 175 x 115 x 605 mm 800 mm from 700 to 1,200 mm tube legs with cross braces 2-piece folding design 262 mm contra bassoon felt-lined Accessories Carrying case 18846 Universal carrying case 15043 Page 175 95 UNIVERSAL CARRYING CASE 15043 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits 1.2 kg nylon 1,000 x 180 x 180 mm handle and shoulder straps zip fastener 14160, 150/1, 15045, 21339, 21340 comes with separate internal compartments Special Order No. 15043-000-00 Support bracket - protective and adjustable Support bracket with protective felt cover Rubber covered support cup Rubber covered support cup 95

In-Bell stand; Extremely small and compact STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · WIND INSTRUMENTS CLARINET STAND 15228 Weight Material Height Leg construction Suitable for Base diameter Number of legs Special 0.13 kg plastic peg, zinc die- cast legs 130 mm leg base screwable A, Bb and G clarinets 196 mm 5 detachable metal leg base screws into the peg, so that the entire unit can be stored in the bell of the instrument and making the trans- port in all instrument cases easy Order No. black 15228-000-55 The In-Bell clarinet stand is extremely small and compact. 5 stable die-cast feet ensure excellent stability and sturdiness. Thanks to the patented and easy to operate screw-in system the feet can be conveniently stored in the peg. The short peg completely fits into the bell of the clarinet making it easy for transport in all common instrument cases. Detachable metal leg base screws into the peg Can be stored in the bell of the instrument for a transport in all instrument cases 97

STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · WIND INSTRUMENTS CLARINET STAND 15222 Weight Material Height Leg construction Suitable for Number of legs Special Order No. black 15222-000-55 0.12 kg plastic peg, zinc die- cast legs 180 mm leg base screwable A, Bb and G clarinets 4 detachable metal leg base screws into the peg so that the entire unit can be stored in the bell of the instru- ment; with felt ring BASS CLARINET STAND 15060 Weight Material Size when folded Height Support width Leg construction Rod combination Suitable for Instrument support Base diameter Special Order No. black 15060-011-55 2.9 kg steel 120 x 120 mm x 645 from 700 to 1,200 mm from 57 to 87 mm tube legs with cross braces 2-piece folding design bass clarinet felt-lined 800 mm support width can be adjusted individually to the size of the instrument OBOE STAND 18020 Weight Material Height Leg construction Base diameter Number of legs Special Order No. black 18020-000-55 0.085 kg plastic peg, zinc die- cast legs 175 mm leg base screwable 255 mm 4 detachable metal leg base screws into the peg so that the entire unit can be stored in the bell of the instru- ment Accessories Carrying case 10811 Carrying case 14102 Page 63 96 Leg base screws into the peg; can be stored in the bell of the instrument; protective felt ring Support bracket - protective and adjustable Practical V-shaped base for the endpin 98

100

ENGLISH-HORN STAND 15233 Weight Material Height Leg construction Instrument support Base diameter Number of legs Order No. black 15233-000-55 0.095 kg plastic peg, zinc die- cast legs 186 mm leg base screwable felt pads 181 mm 4 STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · WIND INSTRUMENTS RECORDER STAND 15252 Weight Material Height Leg construction Suitable for Peg diameter Number of legs Special Order No. black 15252-000-55 0.08 kg plastic peg with steel core, zinc die-cast legs 145 mm leg base screwable alto and tenor recor- ders 9 mm 4 the stand fits in almost every pocket when folded RECORDER STAND 15262 Weight Material Height Leg construction Suitable for Peg diameter Number of legs Special Order No. black 15262-000-55 0.08 kg plastic peg with steel core, zinc die-cast legs 145 mm leg base screwable soprano and piccolo recorders 6.5 mm 4 the stand fits in almost every pocket when folded 100

101

BASS TROMBONE STAND 149/1 Weight Material Leg construction Height Rod combination Height adjustment Instrument support Order No. black 14910-024-55 2.1 kg steel socket with foldable legs from 700 to 1160 mm 2-piece folding design clutch plastic peg with felt pads STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · WIND INSTRUMENTS TROMBONE STAND 149/9 Weight Material Leg construction Height Rod combination Instrument support Special Order No. black 14990-000-55 1.45 kg steel brace construction, folds compactly from 555 to 865 mm 2-piece folding design non-marring rubber also for marching baritones TROMBONE STAND 14985 Weight Material Leg construction Height Rod combination Instrument support Special Order No. black 14985-000-55 1.14 kg steel socket with foldable legs from 600 to 970 mm 2-piece folding design non-marring rubber also for marching baritones Accessories Carrying case 10811 Page 63 Accessories Carrying case 10811 Page 63 101

102

STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · WIND INSTRUMENTS CARRYING CASE 14922 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits Order No. 14922-000-00 0.4 kg nylon 670 x 150 x 130 mm handle zip fastener 149/2 BARITONE STAND 14941 Weight Material Height Support width Suitable for Instrument support Special Order No. black 14941-000-55 2.167 kg steel from 310 to 415 mm from 200 to 305 mm all baritone and tenor horn models non-marring material additional notch for instruments with ridge Accessories Carrying case 14942 Page 103 Adjustable support arms TENOR HORN STAND 149/2 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction Rod combination Suitable for Instrument support Base diameter Special Order No. black 14920-012-55 2 kg steel 545 x 180 x 115 mm from 620 to 1,050 mm tube legs with cross braces 2-piece folding design baritone, tenor horn in Bb and alto horn in Eb non-marring slip-proof material 720 mm with integrated mouth piece holder; one-piece item folds to a small size Accessories Carrying case 14922 Page 102 One-piece item folds to a small size 102

103

STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · WIND INSTRUMENTS TUBA STAND 14940 Weight Material Height Support width Suitable for Instrument support Special Order No. black 14940-000-55 2.36 kg steel from 310 to 415 mm from 275 to 455 mm German and English tubas non-marring material additional notch for instruments with ridge CARRYING CASE 14942 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits Order No. 14942-000-00 0.18 kg nylon 450 x 110 x 110 mm shoulder strap zip fastener 14940, 14941 Accessories Carrying case 14942 Page 103 STAND FOR KINGSIZE TUBA 14945 Weight Material Size when folded Height Support width Instrument support Special 3.46 kg steel 450 mm from 380 to 440 mm from 310 to 530 mm non-marring material additional notch for instruments with ridge Order No. black 14945-000-55 Accessories Carrying case 14303 Page 91 Adjustable support arms Adjustable support arms 103

104

STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · WIND INSTRUMENTS TUBA PERFORMER STAND 14950 Weight Material Height Leg construction TUBA PERFORMER STAND 14951 Weight Material Height Leg construction 2 kg steel from 450 to 800 mm brace construction, folds compactly 2-piece folding design tuba models non-marring rubber 10 kg suitable for playing in an sitting position; with safety pin Rod combination Suitable for Instrument support Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 14950-000-55 2.26 kg steel from 650 to 1,140 mm brace construction, folds compactly 2-piece folding design tuba models non-marring rubber 10 kg suitable for playing in a upright position; with safety pin Rod combination Suitable for Instrument support Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 14951-000-55 TUBA PERFORMER STAND FOR CHILDREN 14952 Weight Material Height Leg construction Rod combination Suitable for Instrument support Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 14952-020-55 1.74 kg steel from 250 to 400 mm U-profile legs snap into socket 2-piece folding design tuba models non-marring rubber 10 kg with safety pin Accessories Carrying case 14303 Page 91 Accessories Carrying case 10811 Page 63 Accessories Carrying case 10811 Page 63 Safety pin for extra hold Safety pin for extra hold Folds compactly 104

105

STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · WIND INSTRUMENTS SOUSAPHONE STAND 149/3 Weight Material Size when folded Height Support width Instrument support Special 3.66 kg steel 390 x 225 x 645 mm 550 mm 775 mm non-marring rubber adjustable end cap to stabilize the stand on uneven surfaces TRUMPET STAND 152/1 Weight Material Height Leg construction Instrument support Number of legs Special Order No. black 14930-011-55 0.24 kg plastic peg, zinc die- cast legs 206 mm leg base screwable felt pads 3 detachable metal leg base screws into the peg so that the entire unit can be stored in the bell of the instru- ment; rubber-covered peg top Order No. black 15210-023-55 Rubber peg top to prevent damage Leg base screws into the peg. Can be stored in the bell of the instrument. 105

106

TRUMPET STAND 15213 Weight Material Height Leg construction Instrument support Number of legs Special 0.32 kg plastic peg, zinc die- cast legs 205 mm leg base screwable felt pads 5 very stable; detachable metal leg base screws into the peg so that the entire unit can be stored in the bell of the instrument; rubber-covered peg top Order No. black 15213-000-55 The 5-leg base provides maximum stability for the instrument. The detachable metal leg base screws into the peg so that the entire unit may be stored in the bell of the instrument for easy transport. The black plastic peg is covered with felt pads to protect the instrument. STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · WIND INSTRUMENTS Rubber peg top to prevent damage Leg base screws into the peg. Can be stored in the bell of the instrument. 106

107

STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · WIND INSTRUMENTS TRUMPET HOLDER 157 Weight Material Screw-on to Instrument support Order No. black 15700-000-55 0.14 kg steel tube diameter 30 mm non-marring material MUTE HOLDER 15910 Weight Material Screw-on to Special Order No. black 15910-000-55 0.3 kg steel tube diameter 30 mm for 3 mutes (2 x ø 80 mm, 1 x ø 60 mm); mute holder rings rubberized BASS TRUMPET/ FLUGELHORN STAND 15239 Weight Material Height Leg construction Rod combination Instrument support Order No. black 15239-000-55 1.06 kg steel from 480 to 700 mm socket with foldable legs 2-piece folding design non-marring rubber Accessories Carrying case 10012 Carrying case 10811 Page 63 63 Accessories Mute holder ring 15915 Page 108 For all common mutes for trumpets, cornets and flugelhorns 107

108

STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · WIND INSTRUMENTS PEG BASE 17715 Weight Material Size when folded Base diameter Number of legs Accommodation of Order No. black 17715-000-55 0.6 kg steel 198 x 25 x 61 mm 352 mm 3 4 instrument pegs Accessories Trumpet peg 15214 Clarinet peg 15224 Flugelhorn peg 15244 Peg adapter 15281 Soprano saxophone peg 15294 English horn peg 17731 Oboe peg 17738 Clarinet peg 17741 Recorder peg 17782 Recorder peg 17786 Flute peg 17788 Page 355 355 356 111 356 356 356 355 356 356 357 0.42 kg plastic peg, zinc die- cast legs 250 mm leg base screwable felt pads 5 detachable metal leg base screws into the peg so that the entire unit can be stored in the bell of the instru- ment FLUGELHORN STAND 15240 Weight Material Height Leg construction Instrument support Number of legs Special Order No. black 15240-000-55 Leg base screws into the peg. Can be stored in the bell of the instrument. Rubber peg top to prevent damage MUTE HOLDER RING 15915 Weight Material Fits Special 0.1 kg steel 15910 Mute holder ring (ø 95 mm) rubberized Order No. black 15915-000-55 Additional holder ring for mute holder 15910 108

110

STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · WIND INSTRUMENTS CLARINET PEG 17741 Weight Material Height Suitable for Instrument support Threaded connector M5 Fits 0.05 kg plastic 133 mm Eb and C clarinets felt-lined 12210, 17715, 44192 Order No. black 17741-017-55 Order No. black 15224-000-55 CLARINET PEG 15224 Weight Material Height Suitable for Threaded connector M5 Fits Special 0.1 kg plastic 179 mm A, Bb and G clarinets 12210, 17715, 44192 peg adapter 15281 included; with felt ring SOPRANO SAXOPHONE PEG 15294 Weight Material Height Instrument support Threaded connector M5 Fits Special 0.2 kg plastic 243 mm felt pads 12210, 17715, 44192 incl. peg adapter 15281 Order No. black 15294-017-55 ENGLISH HORN PEG 17731 Weight Material Height Instrument support Threaded connector M5 Fits 0.07 kg plastic 160 mm felt-lined 12210, 17715, 44192 Order No. black 17731-017-55 TRUMPET PEG 15214 Weight Material Height Instrument support Threaded connector M5 Fits Special 0.2 kg plastic 202 mm felt pads 12210, 17715, 44192 peg adapter 15281 included; rubber-covered peg top Order No. black 15214-017-55 FLUGELHORN PEG 15244 Weight Material Height Instrument support Threaded connector M5 Fits Special 0.2 kg plastic 242 mm felt pads 12210, 17715, 44192 peg adapter 15281 included; rubber-covered peg top Order No. black 15244-017-55 110

111

STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · WIND INSTRUMENTS RECORDER PEG 17782 Weight Material Height Suitable for 0.05 kg plastic peg with steel core 136.5 mm soprano and piccolo recorders Threaded connector M5 Peg diameter Fits 12210, 17715, 44192 RECORDER PEG 17786 Weight Material Height Suitable for 0.06 kg plastic peg with steel core 136.5 mm alto and tenor recor- ders Threaded connector M5 Peg diameter Fits 12210, 17715, 44192 Order No. black 17782-005-55 Order No. black 17786-005-55 OBOE PEG 17738 Weight Material Height Threaded connector M5 Fits 0.075 kg plastic 150 mm 12210, 17715, 44192 Order No. black 17738-005-55 FLUTE PEG 17788 Weight Material Height Suitable for 0.06 kg plastic 130 mm Bass, Böhm and Cross flutes Threaded connector M5 Peg diameter Fits 12210, 17715, 44192 Special Order No. black 17788-005-55 Order No. black 14301-000-55 PEG HOLDER 14301 Weight Material Threaded connector M5 Fits 0.05 kg plastic 14300, 14315, 15214, 15224, 15244, 15294, 17731, 17738, 17741, 17782, 17786, 17788 includes 3 adaptors (for tubes ø 19 mm, ø 20 mm and oval form). PEG ADAPTER 15281 Weight Material Threaded connector M5 Fits 0.08 kg plastic 12210, 17715, 44192 Order No. black 15281-005-55 111

113

STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · WIND INSTRUMENTS HARMONICA HOLDER 164/1 Weight Material Max. instrument size 185 x 49 mm spring-tension Clamping Neck frame with a soft rubber cover 0.23 kg steel Order No. nickel-colored 16410-000-11 ACCORDION STAND 174 Weight Material Height Support width Support height Instrument support Height adjustment Base dimensions Special Order No. black 17400-021-55 6.64 kg steel from 730 to 1,135 mm from 135 to 250 mm from 380 to 585 mm non-marring slip-proof material spring-loaded clam- ping knob 660 x 660 mm upper section swivels with both horizontal and vertical adjust- ment; replaceable rubber instrument protectors; additional levelling screw for uneven surfaces 0.25 kg steel HARMONICA HOLDER 16415 Weight Material Max. instrument size 185 x 49 mm spring-tension Clamping Neck frame with a soft rubber cover user-friendly locking screws Special Order No. black 16415-000-55 113

115

MARCHING DRUM STAND 13335 Weight Material Support depth Support width Instrument support 4.8 kg steel 450 mm from 370 to 610 mm non-marring slip-proof material 2 clamping lever for quick adjustment Adjustment Order No. black 13335-000-55 Folds flat for transport STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · RHYTHM INSTRUMENTS PERCUSSION TABLE 13500 Weight Material Height Leg construction Bearing plate Rod combination Connection stand/ plate Adjustment Base diameter Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 13500-000-55 4.48 kg steel from 700 to 1,250 mm tube legs with cross braces 573 x 373 mm 2-piece folding design screw connection continuous 750 mm 10 kg tray is open to one side 115

116

STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · TUNING TOOLS PIANO TUNING LEVER 166 Weight Material Tuning lever shape Tuning lever size 0.2 kg steel conical star 6.2 mm Order No. nickel 16600-000-01 PIANO TUNING LEVER 166/1 Weight Material Tuning lever shape Tuning lever size 0.2 kg steel square 6.2 mm Order No. nickel 16610-000-01 PIANO TUNING LEVER SET 167 Weight Material Tuning lever shape Tuning lever size 0.48 kg steel conical star and square star (5.8 mm); star (6.2 mm); square (6.2 mm) Set includes 3 adap- ters Special Order No. nickel 16700-000-01 TUNING FORK 168 Weight Material Length Diameter Tuning Special Order No. nickel 16800-000-01 0.02 kg steel 105 mm 4 mm A 440 Hz round design TUNING FORK 168/1 Weight Material Length Diameter Tuning Special Order No. nickel 16810-000-01 0.04 kg steel 120 mm 5 mm A 440 Hz round design TUNING FORK 168/2 Weight Material Length Dimensions fork Tuning Special Order No. nickel 16820-000-01 0.04 kg steel 120 mm 4 x 6 mm A 440 Hz rectangular design 116

119

Drummer’s thrones, keyboard benches, stools For drummers, an optimal fit is a basic requirement so they can concentrate fully on their playing. It’s import- ant to maintain a posture that’s both gentle and comfort- able and offers absolute freedom of movement. König & Meyer drummer’s thrones were developed in coope- ration with professionals such as Mike “Gomezz” Gommeringer, Toni Liota and Sven “Ice” Ehrhardt. In intensive test phases, we jointly developed drummer seats that meet the highest demands thanks to their ergonomic seat surface and fine-grained adjustability. König & Meyer keyboard benches and stools are designed with the same focus on ergonomics. Their modular expandability and high-quality workmanship make them the first choice in their segment. 119

120

DRUMMER‘S THRONES, BENCHES & STOOLS · DRUMMER‘S THRONES DRUMMER’S THRONE »PICCOLINO« 14010 Weight Material Leg construction Height Rod combination Height adjustment Base diameter Seat Special BASELINE 2.6 kg steel double-braced 3-leg base from 380 to 455 mm 2-piece folding design push-button and clam- ping lever, in 15 mm steps 430 mm imitation leather, dia- meter 300 mm small footprint with a diameter of 430 mm makes the throne ideal when space is at a premium; the easy-to-use wing nut permits a seat rotation DRUMMER’S THRONE »PICCO« 14020 Weight Material Leg construction Height Rod combination Height adjustment Base diameter Seat Special BASELINE 3.5 kg steel double-braced 3-leg base from 495 to 660 mm 2-piece folding design push-button and clam- ping lever, in 15 mm steps 540 mm imitation leather, dia- meter 300 mm small footprint with a diameter of 540 mm makes the throne ideal when space is at a premium; the easy-to-use wing nut permits a seat rotation TOPLINE 5.685 kg steel double-braced 3-leg base from 500 to 700 mm 2-piece folding design spring-loaded bolt and locking screw imitation leather or wear-resistant fabric, diameter 330 mm DRUMMER‘S THRONE 14015 Weight Material Leg construction Height Rod combination Height adjustment Seat Order No. black 14015-000-55 Accessories Backrest 14032/14033 Footrest 14051 Page 129 129 Order No. chrome 14010-000-02 Order No. chrome 14020-000-02 The smallest drum throne in the K&M series - suitable for children. For the beginner and advanced player Clamp with a patented push-button system 120

121

DRUMMER‘S THRONES, BENCHES & STOOLS · DRUMMER‘S THRONES TOPLINE 5.8 kg steel double-braced 3-leg base from 495 to 680 mm 2-piece folding design pneumatic spring 560 mm imitation leather or velvet covering, 430 x 390 mm DRUMMER‘S THRONE WITH PNEUMATIC SPRING 14035/14036 Weight Material Leg construction Height Rod combination Height adjustment Base diameter Seat Order No. black imitation leather 14035-000-02 black velvet 14036-000-02 SPINDLE DRUMMER’S THRONE 14038/14039 Weight Material Leg construction TOPLINE 5.25 kg steel double-braced 3-leg base from 465 to 670 mm Rotary spindle imitation leather or velvet covering, 430 x 390 mm Height Height adjustment Seat Order No. black imitation leather 14038-000-02 black Samt 14039-000-02 Accessories Carrying case 14003 Page 128 DRUMMER‘S THRONE »NICK« 14055/14056 Weight Material Leg construction TOPLINE 5.3 kg steel double-braced 3-leg base from 510 to 710 mm 2-piece folding design spring-loaded bolt and locking screw ergonomic seat, imita- tion leather or wear-re- sistant fabric, size 380 x 350 mm Height Rod combination Height adjustment Seat Order No. black imitation leather 14055-000-55 black Stoff 14056-000-55 Accessories Backrest 14032/14033 Footrest 14051 Page 129 129 Comfortable height adjustment by integrated pneumatic spring Height adjustment by a robust rotary spindle Elaborately upholstered seat with artificial leather or velvet cover p21e.k-m.de product video 121

122

DRUMMER‘S THRONES, BENCHES & STOOLS · DRUMMER‘S THRONES DRUMMER‘S THRONE »GOMEZZ« 14000 Weight Material Leg construction Height Rod combination Height adjustment Seat Special The professional drummer‘s throne. Stable and sturdy. STARLINE 5.18 kg steel stable double-braced 3-leg base from 475 to 675 mm 2-piece folding design pull-button and clam- ping lever, in 10 mm steps ergonomic seat, high quality grained soft nappa imitation leather, size 410 x 400 mm fixed large rubber end caps; height adjustment by a notched system; wing nut permits a seat rotation from heavy to loose position; 4 threaded screw sockets to attach a ButtKicker Order No. verchromt 14000-019-02 Professional drummer’s throne: stable, foldable 3-leg base with fixed large rubber end caps for good floor contact and shock absorption. Con- tinuous height adjustment by a notched system with 10 mm steps for a quick and precise height positioning. Very sturdy and unique rod combi- nation. The detachable seat is equipped with a newly designed mounting flange. Accessories Carrying case 14003 Backrest for »Gomezz« 14005 Page 128 129 p04e.k-m.de product video Easy-to-use height adjustment Sophisticated upholstery, ergonomic seat 122

124

DRUMMER‘S THRONES, BENCHES & STOOLS · STOOLS Height adjustment with pneumatic spring Adjustable clamping lever p07e.k-m.de product video 124 6.6 kg steel from 650 to 930 mm 2-piece folding design spring-loaded clam- ping knob/pneumatic spring ergonomic seat, imitation leather or wear-resistant fabric, size 380 x 350 mm seat can be adjusted in height and angle; includes a pneumatic spring; includes a height adjustable footrest; adjustable end cap to stabilize the stool on uneven surfaces PNEUMATIC STOOL 14046/14047 Weight Material Height Rod combination Height adjustment Seat Special Order No. black fabric 14046-000-55 black imitation leather 14047-000-55 The stool with power! The secret lies in the integrated pneumatic spring for effortless and comfortable height adjustment. Simply release the clamping knob and it couldn’t be easier to adjust the height. Accessories Backrest 14032/14033 Carrying case 14041 Page 129 130

125

STOOL WITH BACKREST 14050 Weight Material Height Rod combination Height adjustment Back cushion Seat Special 8.4 kg steel from 650 to 930 mm 2-piece folding design spring-loaded clam- ping knob high quality imitation leather, oval 235 x 400 mm ergonomic seat, high quality imitation leather, size 380 x 350 mm seat can be adjusted in height and angle; includes a backrest and a height adjustable footrest; adjustable end cap to stabilize the stool on uneven surfaces Order No. black imitation leather 14050-000-55 Accessories Carrying case 14041 Page 130 DRUMMER‘S THRONES, BENCHES & STOOLS · STOOLS STOOL 14060 Weight Material Height Rod combination Height adjustment Seat Special Order No. black imitation leather 14060-000-55 Accessories Backrest 14032/14033 Carrying case 14041 PNEUMATIC STOOL 14061 Weight Material Height Rod combination Height adjustment Seat Special 6.35 kg steel from 645 to 925 mm 2-piece folding design spring-loaded clam- ping knob imitation leather, dia- meter 330 mm seat can be adjusted in height and angle; includes a height adjustable footrest; adjustable end cap to stabilize the stool on uneven surfaces 6.8 kg steel from 645 to 925 mm 2-piece folding design spring-loaded clam- ping knob imitation leather, dia- meter 330 mm seat can be adjusted in height and angle; includes a pneumatic spring with 10 kg press capacity; includes a height adjustable footrest; adjustable end cap to stabilize the stool on uneven surfaces Page 129 130 Order No. black imitation leather 14061-000-55 Accessories Backrest 14032/14033 Carrying case 14041 Page 129 130 Adjustable clamping lever Folds flat 125

126

DRUMMER‘S THRONES, BENCHES & STOOLS · STOOLS STAGE STOOL 14091 Weight Material Leg construction Height Rod combination Height adjustment Base diameter Seat Order No. black 14091-000-55 10 kg steel round cast-iron base from 580 to 835 mm 2-piece folding design pneumatic spring 500 mm ergonomic seat, high quality grained soft nappa imitation leather, size 410 x 400 mm The comfortable stage stool is an eye-catcher, its ergonomic saddle seat convinces through its extraordinary seating comfort. The height adjustable foot rest is in the form of a ring. The large circular base with the rubber ring provides reliable stability. The height of the stage stool is easily adjusted from 580 to 835 mm with the help of the integrated pneumatic spring. 126

127

DRUMMER‘S THRONES, BENCHES & STOOLS · STOOLS STAGE STOOL 14094 Weight Material Leg construction Height Rod combination Height adjustment Base diameter Seat Special Order No. black 14094-017-55 6.2 kg steel plastic 5-leg base from 480 to 610 mm 2-piece folding design pneumatic spring 530 mm seat size: diameter 350 mm, high quality grained soft nappa imitation leather with “Stop & Go” castors Accessories Backrest 14032/14033 Page 129 GUITAR STOOL 14089 Weight Material Leg construction Height Rod combination Height adjustment Base diameter Seat Special Order No. black 14089-000-55 7.6 kg steel plastic 5-leg base from 595 to 850 mm 2-piece folding design pneumatic spring 540 mm seat size: diameter 400 mm, high quality grained soft nappa imitation leather with “Stop & Go” castors 127

128

DRUMMER‘S THRONES, BENCHES & STOOLS · ACCESSORIES FOR THRONES AND STOOLS 0.14 kg steel 80 x 42 x 19 mm arious Allen keys in inch and metric mo- dels as well as various screwdrivers and tuning keys DRUMSTICK HOLDER 16450 Weight Material Dimensions Screw-on to 0.22 kg steel, nylon 250 x 211 x 115 mm tube diameter 30 mm Order No. black 16450-000-55 DRUM TOOL 16451 Weight Material Dimensions Consisting of Order No. 16451-000-00 CARRYING CASE 14003 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits Special Order No. 14003-000-00 0.8 kg nylon 550 x 540 x 130 mm handle and shoulder straps zip fastener 14000, 14038/14039 internal compartments separate base from the seat Your drumsticks always at hand The large quiver provi- des enough room for several drumstick sets 128

129

DRUMMER‘S THRONES, BENCHES & STOOLS · ACCESSORIES FOR THRONES AND STOOLS BACKREST FOR »GOMEZZ« 14005 Weight Material Back cushion 2.5 kg steel high quality imitation leather, oval 235 x 400 mm 14000 adjustable in height and depth Fits Special Order No. chrome 14005-000-02 1.07 kg steel 214 x 370 x 30 mm 14015, 14055/14056 collapsible footrest FOOTREST 14051 Weight Material Dimensions Fits Special Order No. black 14051-000-55 2 kg steel imitation leather or fabric covering, oval 235 x 400 mm 14015, 14044/14045, 14046/14047, 14055/14056, 14060, 14061, 14092, 14094 adjustable in height and depth BACKREST 14032/14033 Weight Material Back cushion Fits Special Order No. black imitation leather 14032-000-55 black fabric 14033-000-55 129

131

DRUMMER‘S THRONES, BENCHES & STOOLS · ORCHESTRA CHAIRS STACKING CHAIR 13400/13405 Weight Material Height Leg construction Seat Special 5 kg frame of tubular steel, seat shell plywood 450 mm 4-legged frame (ø 20 x 1.5 mm) 420 x 420 mm up to 10 chairs can be stacked STACKING CHAIR 13410/13415 Weight Material Height Leg construction Seat Special Order No. legs chrome, seating beech wood natural 13400-000-02 legs chrome, seating beech wood black 13405-000-02 Accessories Chair cart 13490 Page 135 MUSICIAN’S CHAIR 13420 Weight Material Height Leg construction Seat Special 5.8 kg frame of tubular steel, seat shell plywood 470 mm 4-legged frame (ø 20 x 1.5 mm) with durable black upholstery fabric 420 x 420 mm up to 10 chairs can be stacked; seat cushion upholste- red with durable fabric 6 kg steel 490 mm 4-legged frame (ø 18 x 2 mm) 440 x 440 mm upholstered seat and backrest; low-noise plastic glides; stacking racks and stacking protection; with ventilation holes and breathable foam; up to 6 chairs can be stacked Order No. legs chrome, seating beech wood natural 13410-000-02 legs chrome, seating beech wood black 13415-000-02 Accessories Chair cart 13490 Page 135 Order No. black 13420-000-55 Accessories Sound insulation element for Orchestra seats 11905 Chair cart 13490 Chair connector 13495 Chair leg extension 13493 Chair leg extension 13494 Page 43 135 135 135 135 Other fabric colours on request 131

132

DRUMMER‘S THRONES, BENCHES & STOOLS · ORCHESTRA CHAIRS ORCHESTRA CHAIR 13430 Weight Material Height Leg construction Seat Special 6 kg steel 490 mm 4-legged frame (ø 18 x 2 mm) 440 x 440 mm upholstered seat and backrest made from inherently fire-resistant materials (Trevira CS); low-noise plastic glides; stacking racks and stacking protection; with ventilation holes and breathable foam; up to 6 chairs can be stacked ORCHESTRA CHAIR WITH TILTABLE SEAT 13435 Weight Material Height Angle of inclination Leg construction Seat Special 6.8 kg steel 500 mm -2° to 4° 4-legged frame (ø 18 x 2 mm) 450 x 450 mm upholstered seat and backrest made from inherently fire-resistant materials (Trevira CS); a set of rubberized foot caps included; stacking racks and stacking protection; with ventilation holes and breathable foam; up to 5 chairs can be stacked Order No. black 13430-000-55 Accessories Sound insulation element for Orchestra seats 11905 Chair cart 13490 Chair connector 13495 Chair leg extension 13493 Chair leg extension 13494 Page 43 135 135 135 135 Order No. black 13435-000-55 Accessories Sound insulation element for Orchestra seats 11905 Chair cart 13490 Page 43 135 Other fabric colours on request 132

133

DRUMMER‘S THRONES, BENCHES & STOOLS · ORCHESTRA CHAIRS ORCHESTRA CHAIR 13440 Weight Material Height Angle of inclination Height adjustment Leg construction Seat Special 12.5 kg steel from 490 to 540 mm -6° to 2° pneumatic spring 4-legged frame (ø 18 x 2 mm) 440 x 440 mm upholstered seat and backrest made from inherently fire-resis- tant materials (Trevira CS); low-noise plastic glides; stacking racks and stacking protection; with ventilation holes and breathable foam; up to 5 chairs can be stacked Order No. black 13440-000-55 Cushioning and fabric (Trevira CS) are made from inherently fire-resistant materials. The black fabric has a durability rating of 100,000 abrasion resistance cycles. The black powder-coated base is made from sturdy steel tubes with 2 mm wall thickness. The pneumatic seat height adjustment is variable using a release lever. The height of the backrest and the seat angle are also adjustable. The product has the following useful features: low-noise plastic glides, stacking grooves and sta- cking protection. The rounded seat cushion with ventilation holes and the breathable foam provide for comfortable seating. Accessories Sound insulation element for Orchestra seats 11905 Chair cart 13490 Page 43 135 133 Other fabric colours on request

134

DRUMMER‘S THRONES, BENCHES & STOOLS · ORCHESTRA CHAIRS BASS STOOL 13460 Weight Material Height Height adjustment Leg construction Seat Special 12.2 kg steel from 595 to 850 mm pneumatic spring 5 leg base 430 x 390 mm upholstered seat and backrest made from inherently fire-resistant materials (Trevira CS); seat and backrest adjustable in height and inclination; continuously height adjustable one-third circle footrest; quiet and slip-resistant feet; with leg recesses Order No. black 13460-019-55 Accessories Sound insulation element for Orchestra seats 11905 Bass holder 13497 Page 43 135 CHAIR FOR PERCUSSION 13470 Weight Material Height Height adjustment Leg construction Seat Special 11 kg steel from 465 to 590 mm pneumatic spring 5 leg base 450 x 450 mm upholstered seat and backrest made from inherently fire-resistant materials (Trevira CS); seat and backrest adjustable in height and inclination; quiet and slip-resistant feet; seat is rotatable CHAIR FOR KETTLEDRUMS AND CONDUCTOR’S 13480 Weight Material Height Height adjustment Leg construction Seat Special 12.8 kg steel from 595 to 850 mm pneumatic spring 5 leg base 450 x 450 mm upholstered seat and backrest made from inherently fire-resistant materials (Trevira CS); seat and backrest adjustable in height and inclination; continuously height adjustable one-third circle footrest; quiet and slip-resistant feet; seat is rotatable Order No. black 13470-019-55 Accessories Sound insulation element for Orchestra seats 11905 Page 43 Order No. black 13480-019-55 Accessories Sound insulation element for Orchestra seats 11905 Page 43 Other fabric colours on request 134

135

DRUMMER‘S THRONES, BENCHES & STOOLS · ACCESSORIES FOR ORCHESTRA CHAIRS CHAIR CONNECTOR 13495 Weight Material Dimensions Fits Order No. black (unit: 2 pcs.) 13495-000-55 6.5 kg steel 600 x 550 x 160 mm 75 kg 13400/13405, 13410/13415, 13420, 13430, 13435, 13440 four castors, two of them lockable; compact and small overall size NEW CHAIR LEG EXTENSION 13493 Weight Material Length Fits 0.624 kg steel 40 mm 13420, 13430 0.017 kg plastic 104 x 21 x 18 mm 13420, 13430 Order No. black 13493-000-55 CHAIR CART 13490 Weight Material Dimensions Max. load capacity Fits Special Order No. black 13490-000-55 NEW CHAIR LEG EXTENSION 13494 Weight Material Length Fits 1.088 kg steel 80 mm 13420, 13430 Order No. black 13494-000-55 BASS HOLDER 13497 Weight Material Length Instrument support Fits Special Order No. black 13497-000-55 0.6 kg steel 350 mm non-marring slip-proof rubber coating 13460 can be positioned individually in height 135

136

DRUMMER‘S THRONES, BENCHES & STOOLS · KEYBOARD BENCHES 5.18 kg steel from 405 to 600 mm inserted screw imitation leather or wear-resistant fabric seat, size 540 x 300 mm adjustable end cap to stabilize the bench on uneven surfaces; collapsible for easy transport KEYBOARD BENCH 14065/14066 Weight Material Height Height adjustment Seat Special Order No. black imitation leather 14065-000-55 black Stoff 14066-000-55 KEYBOARD BENCH 14075/14076 Weight Material Height Height adjustment Seat Special Order No. black imitation leather 14075-000-55 black Stoff 14076-000-55 6.37 kg steel from 415 to 610 mm inserted screw imitation leather or wear-resistant fabric seat, size 650 x 300 mm adjustable end cap to stabilize the bench on uneven surfaces; large seat; collapsible for easy transport Accessories Carrying case 14068 Page 137 Accessories Carrying case 14068 Page 137 KEYBOARD BENCH 14077 Weight Material Height Height adjustment Seat Special 6.43 kg steel from 415 to 610 mm inserted screw imitation leather seat, size 650 x 300 mm adjustable end cap to stabilize the bench on uneven surfaces; large seat; collapsible for easy transport Order No. pure white imitation leather 14077-000-76 Accessories Carrying case 14068 Page 137 Adjustable end cap 136

138

DRUMMER‘S THRONES, BENCHES & STOOLS · PIANO BENCHES 9.36 kg steel from 430 to 650 mm spring-loaded clam- ping knobs imitation leather or wear-resistant fabric seat, size 660 x 330 mm with engraved height scale PIANO BENCH 14085/14086 Weight Material Height Height adjustment Seat Special Order No. black imitation leather 14085-019-55 black fabric 14086-019-55 PIANO BENCH 14087 Weight Material Size when folded Height Height adjustment Seat Special Order No. black imitation leather 14087-000-55 9.5 kg steel 650 x 374 x 228 mm from 423 to 623 mm spring-loaded clam- ping knobs imitation leather seat, size 660 x 330 mm fully collapsible; with engraved height scale PIANO BENCH »UPLIFT« 14080/14081 Weight Material Size when folded Height Base dimensions Height adjustment Seat Special 11.58 kg steel 660 x 380 x 455 mm from 450 to 600 mm 660 x 370 mm pneumatic spring imitation leather or wear-resistant fabric seat, size 660 x 330 mm height adjustable by built-in pneumatic springs; easy-to-use adjust- ment handle Order No. black imitation leather 14080-000-55 pure white imitation leather 14080-000-76 black fabric 14081-000-55 Extremely stable bench; foldable Height adjustable by built-in pneumatic springs; easy release due to comfortable adjustment handle p14e.k-m.de product video Gradual height adjustment p22e.k-m.de product video 138

139

DRUMMER‘S THRONES, BENCHES & STOOLS · PIANO BENCHES PIANO BENCH 13900-13911 Weight Material Height Height adjustment Seat 8.74 kg wood from 485 to 580 mm dual crossbar imitation leather or velvet covering seat, size 550 x 330 mm Order No. bench black matt finish, seat black velvet 13900-100-20 bench black glossy finish, seat black velvet 13901-100-21 bench black matt finish, seat black imitation leather 13910-200-20 bench black glossy finish, seat black imitation leather 13911-200-21 PIANO BENCH 13960-13971 Weight Material Height Height adjustment Seat Special 10.8 kg wood from 480 to 580 mm dual crossbar imitation leather or velvet covering seat, size 520 x 300 mm legs are tapped and firmly glued Order No. bench black matt finish, seat black velvet 13960-100-20 bench black glossy finish, seat black velvet 13961-100-21 bench black matt finish, seat black imitation leather 13970-200-20 bench black glossy finish, seat black imitation leather 13971-200-21 Solid European beech wood, varnished with four coats of black glossy or matt polyester finish 139

140

DRUMMER‘S THRONES, BENCHES & STOOLS · PIANO BENCHES black matt black glossy white matt white glossy rosewood matt walnut matt cherry matt mahogany glossy Piano bench wooden-frames in different colors for individual combination with K&M seat cushions Dual crossbar mechanism Sample of piano bench wooden frame in combination with seat cushion 140 PIANO BENCH - WOODEN-FRAME 13700-13751 Weight Material Height Height adjustment 7.2 kg wood from 450 to 550 mm dual crossbar Order No. black matt finish 13700-000-20 black glossy finish 13701-000-21 white matt finish 13710-000-22 white glossy finish 13711-000-23 rosewood matt finish 13720-000-24 walnut matt finish 13730-000-26 cherry matt finish 13740-000-28 mahogany glossy finish 13751-000-31 Piano bench wooden-frame in different colors. Solid European beech wood, varnished with four coats of polyester. Stable legs with felts gentle on parquet flooring. Dual crossbar mechanism for easy and precise height adjust- ment. The piano bench ships flat and is easy to assemble. Accessories Seat cushion - velvet 13800-13803 Seat cushion - imitation leather 13820-13824 Seat cushion - leather 13840/13841 Page 141 142 142

141

SITZE, BÄNKE UND STEHHILFEN · KLAVIERBÄNKE SEAT CUSHION - VELVET 13800-13803 Weight Material Seat 1.46 kg velvet velvet covering seat, size 550 x 330 mm 13700-13751 Fits Order No. black 13800-100-00 brown 13801-101-00 red 13802-102-00 hazelnut 13803-103-00 Seat cushions for piano benches 13700 through 13751. Heavy duty seat cushions made out of MDF material. Wide range of different colo- red velvet covers. The seat cushion is simply placed in the wooden frame of the piano bench. Any time you wish - or according to wear and tear - a replacement cushion can be ordered. Replacing the old cushion is very simple. Seat cushions in different colors for an individual combination with K&M piano bench wooden frames Sample of seat cushion in combination with piano bench 141

143

DRUMMER‘S THRONES, BENCHES & STOOLS · PIANO BENCHES PIANO BENCH 13940-13947 Weight Material Base dimensions Height Height adjustment Seat 9.5 kg wood 696 x 465 mm from 490 to 580 mm dual crossbar imitation leather covering seat, size 550 x 320 mm Attractive piano bench in stylish and mini- malist design, made of high-quality European beech wood. The elegant bench harmonizes especially with the Casio Privia PX-S7000 digital piano but is also a modern lifestyle furnishing piece that enhances any interior. The sturdy legs are fitted with felt pads to protect flooring. The seat height is adjusted by a smooth, precise dual crossbar mecha- nism, ensuring a posture that is perfect for playing. A durable and padded seat cushion made of MDF material with a imitation leather or velvet cover offers the greatest possible comfort. The bench is delivered space-saving and is assembled in a few simple steps. Order No. bench walnut color, seat black imitation leather 13940-200-23 bench ash color, seat white imitation leather 13941-200-24 bench gray color, seat yellow imitation leather 13942-200-25 bench walnut color, seat black velvet 13945-100-23 bench ash color, seat white velvet 13946-100-24 bench gray color, seat yellow velvet 13947-100-25 143 Imitation leather or velvet covering seat in 3 colours Harmonizes especially with the Casio Privia PX-S7000

144

DRUMMER‘S THRONES, BENCHES & STOOLS · PIANO BENCHES PIANO BENCH WITH SHEET MUSIC STORAGE 13950/13951 Weight Material Height Height adjustment Seat 10.6 kg wood from 520 to 610 mm dual crossbar imitation leather or velvet covering seat, size 550 x 330 mm Order No. bench black glossy finish, seat black velvet 13950-100-21 bench black glossy finish, seat black imitation leather 13951-200-21 PIANO BENCH 13990 Weight Material Height Height adjustment Seat Special 8.76 kg wood from 485 to 580 mm dual crossbar imitation leather seat, size 525 x 295 mm securely glue-lamina- ted legs Order No. bench black glossy finish, seat black imitation leather 13990-200-21 PIANO BENCH WITH QUILTED SEAT CUSHION 13980/13981 Weight Material Height Height adjustment Seat 9.27 kg wood from 505 to 595 mm dual crossbar leather or imitation leather covering seat, size 550 x 330 mm Order No. bench black glossy finish, seat black imitation leather 13980-200-21 bench black glossy finish, seat black leather 13981-400-21 Securely glue-laminated legs With high quality quilted seat. Solid European beech wood, varnished with four coats of black glossy polyester finish Solid European beech wood, varnished with four coats of black glossy polyester finish With integrated sheet music storage 144

145

DRUMMER‘S THRONES, BENCHES & STOOLS · PIANO STOOLS PIANO STOOL 14092 Weight Material Leg construction Height Rod combination Height adjustment Base diameter Seat Order No. black 14092-017-55 6.31 kg steel round base from 480 to 610 mm 2-piece folding design pneumatic spring 400 mm imitation leather, dia- meter 350 mm Accessories Backrest 14032/14033 Page 129 PIANO STOOL 14093 Weight Material Leg construction Height Rod combination Height adjustment Base diameter Seat Order No. black 14093-017-55 7.7 kg steel round base from 480 to 610 mm 2-piece folding design pneumatic spring 400 mm imitation leather, size 430 x 390 mm Continuous height adjustment Continuous height adjustment 145

147

Keyboard stands We know from experience: Keyboard stands are proba- bly the most demanding stands in the instrument sector. The challenge is to hold the sometimes enormous weight of the instruments securely, even during intensive play- ing, while at the same time ensuring a clear arrangement and ergonomics for the keyboard player. König & Meyer technicians and designers are familiar with these special requirements and pay the utmost attention to them when developing new stands for key- board instruments. With intelligent detailed solutions, our keyboard stands offer individual adjustment options, versatile expandability and, above all, reliability. Perfor- mance after performance. Year after year. 147

148

KEYBOARD STANDS · X-STANDS KEYBOARD STAND 18962 Weight Material Height Support depth Support width Adjustment Shape Max. load capacity Special BASELINE 3.272 kg steel from 400 to 905 mm 350 mm from 440 to 770 mm two cross braces with inserted screw X-stand 50 kg additional locking posi- tions on main X-tubes for extremely low level usage; adjustable end cap to stabilize the stand on uneven surfaces Order No. black 18962-071-55 Accessories Trolley for Keyboard Stands 18806 Tabletop for X-stands 18905 Page 177 153 BASELINE 5.08 kg steel from 400 to 905 mm 350 mm from 470 to 760 mm two cross braces with inserted screw double-braced x-stand 50 kg for large keyboards; additional locking posi- tions on main X-tubes for extremely low level usage; adjustable end cap to stabilize the stand on uneven surfaces KEYBOARD STAND 18963 Weight Material Height Support depth Support width Adjustment Shape Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 18963-071-55 KEYBOARD STAND FOR KIDS 18969 Weight Material Height Support depth Support width Adjustment Shape Max. load capacity Special BASELINE 2.97 kg steel from 340 to 750 mm 350 mm from 390 to 655 mm two cross braces with inserted screw X-stand 50 kg additional locking posi- tions on main X-tubes for extremely low level usage; slidable non-marring pads on the support arms provide a firm fit also for smaller key- boards; adjustable end cap to stabilize the stand on uneven surfaces Accessories Trolley for Keyboard Stands 18806 Tabletop for X-stands 18905 Page 177 153 Order No. black 18969-071-55 Accessories Trolley for Keyboard Stands 18806 Tabletop for X-stands 18905 Page 177 153 Adjustable end cap 148

149

KEYBOARD STANDS · X-STANDS TOPLINE 3.9 kg steel 1,020 x 102 x 520 mm from 590 to 945 mm 350 mm from 330 to 790 mm non-marring slip- proof material clamping lever for quick adjustment X-stand 50 kg Adjustable end cap to stabilize the stand on uneven surfaces KEYBOARD STAND 18930 Weight Material Size when folded Height Support depth Support width Instrument support Adjustment Shape Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 18930-070-55 The new generation of X-Stands is comfort- able and convenient. The ergonomic clamping mechanism makes setup or folding easy and fast. The robust metal joint can be adjusted in 5° intervals; the short intervals provide the user with a multitude of positions. With the assistance of a scale the user is able to easily find his preferred setting. Both of the back rubber end caps can be adjusted on their axis and as such can be adjusted perfectly to the width of the keyboard. The typical K&M quality characteristics, such as solid workmanship, high quality surface finishes Adjustable end cap Clamping lever for quick adjustment Adjustable rubber pads and practical end caps to stabilize the stand on uneven surfaces round off the overall concept. Accessories Stacker 18941 Universal holder 18944 Tabletop for X-stands 18905 Trolley for Keyboard Stands 18806 Page 150 153 153 177 149

150

KEYBOARD STANDS · X-STANDS TOPLINE 3.77 kg steel 1,020 x 102 x 520 mm from 590 to 945 mm 250 mm from 330 to 790 mm non-marring slip-proof material clamping lever for quick adjustment X-stand 50 kg adjustable end cap to stabilize the stand on uneven surfaces; suitable for stage pianos KEYBOARD STAND 18933 Weight Material Size when folded Height Support depth Support width Instrument support Adjustment Shape Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 18933-070-55 KEYBOARD STAND WITH TABLETOP 18900 Weight Material Height Bearing plate Adjustment Shape Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 18900-000-55 NEW TOPLINE 12.2 kg steel stand, tabletop MDF from 435 to 920 mm 1100 x 450 mm two cross braces with inserted screw double-braced x-stand 50 kg additional locking posi- tions on main X-tubes for extremely low level usage; adjustable end cap to stabilize the stand on uneven surfaces STACKER 18941 Weight Material Height Support depth Instrument support Adjustment Max. load capacity Fits Special Order No. black 18941-000-55 Accessories Trolley for Keyboard Stands 18806 Page 177 Accessories Trolley for Keyboard Stands 18806 Page 177 TOPLINE 2.046 kg steel 290 mm 340 mm big non-marring slip- proof pads and stop pins tooth system with wing nut 20 kg 18826, 18930, 18990, 18997 adjustable in height, depth and tilt Short support arms - perfect for stage pianos Clamping lever for quick adjustment Adjustable end cap 150 Stacker with stand fully collapsible

152

KEYBOARD STANDS · X-STANDS Extremely lightweight; only 2.6 kg Adjustable end cap 152 TOPLINE 2.6 kg aluminum from 594 to 946 mm 350 mm from 327 to 789 mm non-marring slip- proof pad clamping lever for quick adjustment double-braced x- stand 50 kg extremely lightweight; adjustable end cap to stabilize the stand on uneven surfaces KEYBOARD STAND 18997 Weight Material Height Support depth Support width Instrument support Adjustment Shape Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 18997-000-55 This X-stand made of aluminum is lightweight and yet extremely stable. The arrangement of the double-braced stand tubes provides noticeably more stability and safety. The ergo- nomic clamping lever allows a quick and easy mounting or folding in no time at all. The sturdy metal joint is finely interlocked and adjustable in 5° steps enabling several different positions. With the help of a scale you can quickly find your preferred position again. The two rear rubber end caps can be moved axially and can therefore be perfectly adapted to the width of the keyboard. The maximum support depth is 350 mm. Accessories Stacker 18941 Universal holder 18944 Tabletop for X-stands 18905 Trolley for Keyboard Stands 18806 Page 150 153 177

153

TABLETOP FOR X-STANDS 18905 Weight Material Dimensions Fits NEW TOPLINE 7.24 kg MDF 1100 x 450 x 15 mm 18826, 18930, 18962, 18963, 18969, 18990, 18997 slides onto the key- board stand Special Order No. black 18905-000-55 KEYBOARD STANDS · X-STANDS TOPLINE UNIVERSAL HOLDER 18944 Weight Material Height Threaded connector 3/8 and 5/8 Fits 0.65 kg steel 470 mm Special 18826, 18930, 18990, 18997 attaches to keyboard stand 18826, 18930, 18990 or 18997; connects other acces- sories, such as boom arm, gooseneck, iPad holder, Tablet PC holder etc.; incl. thread adapter 3/8 - 5/8 Order No. black 18944-000-55 Accessories Sheet music and concept holder 18805 Tablet PC stand holder 19790 Adapter for screens 19685 Boom arm 211/1 Page 175 344 345 215 KEYBOARD STAND »RICK 20« 18993 Weight Material Height Support depth Support width Instrument support TOPLINE 5.4 kg steel from 594 to 946 mm 250 mm from 327 to 789 mm non-marring slip-proof pad clamping lever for quick adjustment double-braced x-stand 50 kg adjustable end cap to stabilize the stand on uneven surfaces; with a minimum support arm depth for a perfect rest of stage pianos Adjustment Shape Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 18993-015-55 pure white 18993-015-76 Accessories Trolley for Keyboard Stands 18806 Page 177 Perfect for stage pianos; Clamping lever for quick adjustment Clamping lever for quick adjustment Adjustable end cap 153

155

KEYBOARD STANDS · KEYBOARD TABLES TABLE-STYLE KEYBOARD STAND »OMEGA-E« 18800 Weight Material Height Support depth Base dimensions Support width Height adjustment Shape Max. load capacity Special Using the “Desk Control” App with Bluetooth technology, you can easily operate the table via your Smartphone. STARLINE 24.5 kg steel from 597 to 1,257 mm 345 mm 1,136 x 550 mm from 180 to 678 mm electric motor keyboard table 80 kg continuous height adjustment; up to four different heights can be pre-set; can also be adjusted using the „Desk Control“ app; includes 3 cable clamps to guide the cable Order No. black 18800-000-55 The continuous height adjustment of the »Omega- E« is quick and easy for your desired seated or standing height through its integrated electric motor. Using the memory setting (including display), four different heights can be preset. After the system is set up, all that is needed is a tap of the control unit and the table assume the preset height. Using the “Desk Control” App with Bluetooth technology, you can easily operate the table via your Smartphone. The control unit can be mounted to the table. The integrated cable management keeps everything tidy. Accessories Tabletop 18803 Stage piano support 18827 Stacker 18811 Adapter 18814 Cable organiser 18808 Cable clamp 18809 Page 158 158 159 161 161 161 155 p18e.k-m.de product video App „Desk Control“ Download from App Store and Google Play

156

KEYBOARD STANDS · KEYBOARD TABLES TOPLINE 9.2 kg steel from 600 to 1,020 mm 345 mm 970 x 575 mm from 180 to 790 mm spring-loaded clam- ping knobs keyboard table 80 kg levelling end cap to stabilize the stand on uneven surfaces; with engraved height scale; includes 4 cable clamps to guide the cable TABLE-STYLE KEYBOARD STAND »OMEGA« 18810 Weight Material Height Support depth Base dimensions Support width Height adjustment Shape Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 18810-015-55 pure white 18810-015-76 ruby red 18810-015-91 Accessories Tabletop 8803 Stage piano support 18827 Stacker 18811 Adapter 18814 Universal holder 18807 Cable organiser 18808 Cable clamp 18809 Laptop holder 18815 Trolley for Keyboard Stands 18806 Page 158 158 159 161 161 161 160 177 Folds flat 156

157

KEYBOARD STANDS · KEYBOARD TABLES TABLE-STYLE KEYBOARD STAND »OMEGA PRO« 18820 Weight Material Size when folded Height TOPLINE 10.8 kg steel 950 x 575 x 180 mm from 600 to 1,020 mm 345 mm 970 x 575 mm from 122 to 729 mm spring-loaded clam- ping knobs keyboard table 80 kg fully collapsible; levelling end cap to stabilize the stand on uneven surfaces; with engraved height scale; includes 4 cable clamps to guide the cable and a carrying strap Support depth Base dimensions Support width Height adjustment Shape Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 18820-019-55 pure white 18820-019-76 ruby red 18820-019-91 p19e.k-m.de product video Folds flat, carrying strap included The spring-loaded clamping knobs on both co- lumns allow easy and precise height adjustment. Thanks to the folding legs a compact and flat pack size is achieved, making the »Omega Pro« the perfect mobile „travel companion“. Delivery includes a carrying strap. Accessories Carrying case 18829 Tabletop 18803 Stage piano support 18827 Stacker 18811 Adapter 18814 Universal holder 18807 Cable organiser 18808 Cable clamp 18809 Laptop holder 18815 Trolley for Keyboard Stands 18806 Page 167 158 158 159 161 166 161 161 160 177 157

158

KEYBOARD STANDS · KEYBOARD TABLES TABLETOP FOR »OMEGA« 18803 Weight Material Dimensions Max. load capacity Fits Special TOPLINE 7.5 kg MDF 1100 x 450 x 15.5 mm 30 kg 18800, 18810, 18820 support arms and mounting equipment for installation included STAGE PIANO SUPPORT FOR »OMEGA« 18827 Weight Material Support depth Fits Special TOPLINE 0.94 kg steel 264 mm 18800, 18810, 18820 ideally suited for stage pianos and keyboards with a small depth Order No. black 18803-000-55 Order No. black 18827-000-55 pure white 18827-000-76 ruby red 18827-000-91 BASIC SUPPORT »OMEGA« TABLE STAND 18828 Weight Material Support width Instrument support Special Order No. black 18828-000-55 Accessories Stacker 18811 TOPLINE 1.23 kg steel from 526 to 770 mm non-marring slip-proof material self-adhesive rubber pads prevent the instruments from scrat- ching or slipping Page 159 p23e.k-m.de product video Provides space for 2 to 3 keyboards in combination with the 18811 and 18822 stackers Short support arms for the »Omega« keyboard stands for stage pianos and keyboards with a small depth On the bottom equipped with four quick-re- lease clamps 158

159

KEYBOARD STANDS · KEYBOARD TABLES TOPLINE 1.4 kg steel 400 mm non-marring slip-proof material 18811 the support arms XL can easily be replaced by the standard sup- port 18811 SUPPORT ARM XL 18823 Weight Material Support depth Instrument support Fits Special Order No. black 18823-021-55 STACKER 18822 Weight Material Height Angle of inclination Support depth Instrument support Height adjustment Max. load capacity Fits Special TOPLINE 4.2 kg steel from 262 to 375 mm 0° to 20° 330 mm non-marring slip-proof material spring-loaded clam- ping knobs 25 kg 18800, 18810, 18820, 18828 to hold an additional keyboard, laptop or midi controller; can be tilted in 5 diffe- rent positions from 0° (horizontal) to 20°; 4-way adjustable in depth TOPLINE 2.6 kg steel from 200 to 275 mm 0° to 20° 280 mm non-marring slip-proof material spring-loaded clam- ping knobs 15 kg 18811 attachable to table- style keyboard stands »Omega-E« 18800, »Omega« 18810, »Omega Pro« 18820 to hold a third keyboard; can only be used in connection with sta- cker 18811; tiltable in 5 steps from 0° (horizontal) to 20°; 3-way adjustable in depth STACKER 18811 Weight Material Height Angle of inclination Support depth Instrument support Height adjustment Max. load capacity Fits Special Order No. black 18811-000-55 pure white 18811-000-76 ruby red 18811-000-91 Accessories Controller keyboard tray 18819 Stacker 18822 Support arm XL 18823 Page 160 159 159 Order No. black 18822-019-55 pure white 18822-019-76 ruby red 18822-019-91 Accessories Controller keyboard tray 18824 Page 160 Tiltable, adjustable in depth and height 159

160

TOPLINE 2.2 kg steel holder, aluminum shelf 440 x 340 x 55 mm from 278 to 428 mm 0° to 26° from 240 to 400 mm 356 x 238 mm tilt gradual in 8 settings 18810, 18820, 18950, 18953 infinitely variable in height, direction, dis- tance and tilt LAPTOP HOLDER 18815 Weight Material Size when folded Height Angle of inclination extendable Laptop rest Adjustment Fits Special Order No. black 18815-018-55 KEYBOARD STANDS · KEYBOARD TABLES CONTROLLER KEYBOARD TRAY 18819 Weight Material Dimensions Fits Special TOPLINE 1.6 kg aluminum 654 x 335 mm 18811 takes smaller synthesi- zers, controllers, drum machines etc; with integrated handle CONTROLLER KEYBOARD TRAY 18824 Weight Material Dimensions Fits Special TOPLINE 1.3 kg aluminum 660 x 283 mm 18822 takes smaller synthesi- zers, controllers, drum machines etc; with integrated handle Order No. black 18819-000-55 Order No. black 18824-000-55 160

161

KEYBOARD STANDS · KEYBOARD TABLES CABLE ORGANISER FOR »OMEGA« 18808 Weight Material Dimensions Fits Special TOPLINE 1.28 kg steel 437 x 100 x 60 mm 18800, 18810, 18820 is hung on the cross- bar of the »Omega«; with side openings for convenient cable routing Order No. black 18808-000-55 TOPLINE 0.03 kg plastic 22 mm Square tube 40 x 40 mm 12170, 18800, 18810, 18820 cable duct inside: approx. 30 x 12 mm; 2 cable clamps are included in the delivery CABLE CLAMP FOR »OMEGA« 18809 Weight Material Height Suitable for Fits Special Order No. black 18809-000-55 TOPLINE 0.33 kg steel 240 x 30 x 20 mm 18800, 18810, 18820 additional adapter to attach universal holder 18817 to table-style keyboard stand »Omega«. ADAPTER 18814 Weight Material Dimensions Fits Special Order No. black 18814-022-55 Accessories Universal holder 18817 Page 161

162

KEYBOARD STANDS · KEYBOARD TABLES TOPLINE 0.9 kg aluminum from 200 to 370 mm 340 mm big non-marring slip- proof pads and stop pins 25 kg 18880, 18882 attachable to keyboard stand 18880 to hold an additional keyboard; adjustable in tilt and height TOPLINE TABLE-STYLE KEYBOARD STAND 18880 Weight Material Height Support depth Support width Adjustment Shape Max. load capacity 3 kg aluminum from 630 to 960 mm 400 mm 700 mm interlocking braces keyboard table 50 kg Order No. black 18880-000-55 STACKER A 18881 Weight Material Height Support depth Instrument support Max. load capacity Fits Special Accessories Stacker A 18881 Stacker B 18882 Trolley for Keyboard Stands 18806 Page 162 163 177 Order No. black 18881-000-55 Fully collapsible EQUIPMENT STAND 18826 Weight Material Size when folded Height Support depth Support width Adjustment Shape Max. load capacity Special TOPLINE 5.6 kg steel 395 x 105 x 595 mm from 595 to 1,015 mm 350 mm from 250 to 840 mm interlocking braces keyboard table 50 kg suitable for mixer, monitor, keyboard or amplifier; adjustable end cap to stabilize the stand on uneven surfaces Order No. black 18826-000-55 Accessories Stacker 18941 Universal holder 18944 Tabletop for X-stands 18905 Trolley for Keyboard Stands 18806 Page 150 153 153 177 Versatile all-rounder stand with separately height adjustable support arms. Folds flat 162

164

KEYBOARD STANDS · KEYBOARD TABLES TOPLINE 9.6 kg steel from 600 to 1,000 mm 395 mm from 650 to 1,030 mm non-marring rubber keyboard table 80 kg heavy-duty stand; individual height-ad- justment for each leg; additional levelling screws for uneven surfaces TABLE-STYLE KEYBOARD STAND 18950 Weight Material Height Support depth Support width Instrument support Shape Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 18950-017-55 The world-renowned table-style keyboard stand has been upgraded. With a height adjustment range from 600 - 1000 mm the keyboard stand can now be used while standing or sitting. Ad- justing the table does not require any tools. As before our keyboard stand impresses through its stability and flexibility. The stand is equip- ped with height adjustable legs with integrated levelling feet for uneven surfaces. The keyboard stand is collapsible for easy and compact trans- port. There is a wide range of expansion opti- ons, such as a stacker for a second keyboard, laptop or universal holder, which round off the complete package. Accessories Universal holder 18807 Laptop holder 18815 Universal holder 18817 Stacker 18952 Adapter 18954 Carrying case 18959 Trolley for Keyboard Stands 18806 Page 160 165 168 177 164

165

TABLE-STYLE STAGE PIANO STAND 18953 Weight Material Height Support depth Support width Shape Max. load capacity Special TOPLINE 8.5 kg steel from 600 to 1,000 mm 260 mm 900 mm keyboard table 80 kg heavy-duty stand; individual height-ad- justment for each leg; additional levelling screws for uneven surfaces Order No. black 18953-017-55 pure white 18953-017-76 Accessories Universal holder 18807 Laptop holder 18815 Universal holder 18817 Stacker 18952 Adapter 18954 Carrying case 18955 Trolley for Keyboard Stands 18806 Page 166 160 166 165 165 167 177 For stage pianos, supports max. 80 kg KEYBOARD STANDS · KEYBOARD TABLES TOPLINE 2.3 kg steel from 100 to 400 mm 340 mm big non-marring slip- proof pads and stop pins 30 kg 18950, 18953 for second keyboard in combination with 18950 and 18953; adjustable in height, tilt and depth STACKER 18952 Weight Material Height Support depth Instrument support Max. load capacity Fits Special Order No. black 18952-000-55 ADAPTER 18954 Weight Material Dimensions Fits Special TOPLINE 0.38 kg steel 200 x 30 x 20 mm 18950, 18953 additional adapter to attach universal holder 18817 to keyboard/ stage piano stand 18950 or 18953; only necessary, when stacker 18952 is installed Order No. black 18954-000-55 Accessories Universal holder 18817 Page 165

166

KEYBOARD STANDS · KEYBOARD TABLES UNIVERSAL HOLDER 18807 Weight Material Height extendable Threaded connector 3/8 and 5/8 Fits 1.61 kg steel from 268 to 418 mm from 240 to 400 mm 18810, 18820, 18950, 18953 infinitely variable in height, direction and distance; connects other acces- sories, such as boom arm, gooseneck, iPad holder, Tablet PC holder etc. Special Order No. black 18807-000-55 TOPLINE TOPLINE UNIVERSAL HOLDER 18817 Weight Material Height extendable Threaded connector 3/8 and 5/8 Max. load capacity Fits 0.74 kg steel 470 mm 140 mm Special 8 kg 18814, 18950, 18953, 18954 attaches to 18950 or 18953 and also with adapter 18814 to table-style keyboard stand »Omega« 18800, 18810 and 18820; connects other acces- sories, such as boom arm, gooseneck, iPad holder, Tablet PC holder etc. Accessories Sheet music and concept holder 18805 Tablet PC stand holder 19790 Adapter for screens 19685 Boom arm 211/1 Monitor plate S 26748 Monitor plate M 26749 Page 175 344 345 215 246 167 Order No. black 18817-000-55 Accessories Extension rod 18832 Extension rod 18872 Sheet music and concept holder 18805 Tablet PC stand holder 19790 Adapter for screens 19685 Boom arm 211/1 Monitor plate S 26748 Monitor plate M 26749 Page 167 174 175 344 345 215 246 167 To attach equipment with 3/8“ or 5/8“ threads to the legs of the keyboard tables 18810, 18820 »Omega« as well as 18950 and 18953 166 For the keyboard tables 18800, 18810, 18820 »Omega« as well as 18950 and 18953

167

KEYBOARD STANDS · KEYBOARD TABLES TOPLINE 0.92 kg steel 245 x 205 mm 18807, 18817 4 rubber pads included MONITOR PLATE M 26749 Weight Material Bearing plate Threaded connector 3/8 Fits Special Order No. black 26749-021-55 TOPLINE 0.25 kg steel 25 x 153 mm 3/8 female thread, 3/8 male thread 18817 EXTENSION ROD 18832 Weight Material Dimensions dia- meter Tube end(s) Fits Order No. black 18832-000-55 TOPLINE 1 kg nylon 900 x 350 x 90 mm handle and shoulder straps zip fastener 18953 CARRYING CASE 18955 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits Order No. 18955-000-00 TOPLINE 1.1 kg nylon 1,000 x 660 x 180 mm handle and shoulder straps zip fastener 18820 CARRYING CASE 18829 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits Order No. 18829-000-00 167

170

KEYBOARD STANDS · COLUMN STANDS Support ams with 15° tilt angle Freedom of movement of the legs and room for pedals KEYBOARD STAND »SPIDER PRO« 18860 Weight Material Height Support depth Support width Height adjustment STARLINE 10.5 kg aluminum 1,310 mm from 300 to 470 mm from 670 to 940 mm infinitely variable by means of ergo- nomically shaped clamping elements column stand two telescopic pairs, one pair with additio- nal 15° tilt angle 105 kg Shape Support arms Max. load capacity Max. load capacity per tier Special Order No. anodized aluminum 18860-000-30 black anodized 18860-000-35 red 18860-000-36 35 kg with a 3/8 or 5/8 threaded connec- tor for microphone boom; cable management; comfortable tilt of column; freedom of move- ment of the legs and room for pedals; folds small; gradual adjustment of the depth Cable management Folds small 170 Page Accessories 175 Carrying case 18851 172 Support arm set A 18865 172 Support arm set B 18866 173 Universal holder for 18873 173 Laptop rest 18863 174 Adapter 18853 174 Threaded bolt set 18864 174 Extension rod 18872 Controller keyboard tray 18876 172 Controller keyboard tray XL 18879 173 Trolley for Keyboard Stands 18806 177

171

KEYBOARD STANDS · COLUMN STANDS KEYBOARD STAND »BABY-SPIDER PRO« 18840 Weight Material Height Support depth Support width Height adjustment Shape Support arms Max. load capacity Max. load capacity per tier Special STARLINE 8.06 kg aluminum 990 mm from 290 to 470 mm from 670 to 980 mm infinitely variable by means of ergo- nomically shaped clamping elements column stand one pair, telescopic 70 kg 35 kg with a 3/8 or 5/8 threaded connec- tor for microphone boom; cable management; freedom of move- ment of the legs and gives room for pedals; folds small Order No. anodized aluminum 18840-000-30 black anodized 18840-000-35 The next generation of the »Baby-Spider« key- board stand, equipped with a pair of extendable support arms, a 3/8“ or 5/8“ threaded connector for the attachment of microphone booms and a cable clamp for cable management. Accessories Carrying case 18846 Support arm set A 18865 Support arm set B 18866 Universal holder 18873 Laptop rest 18863 Adapter for 18853 Threaded bolt set 18864 Extension rod 18872 Trolley for Keyboard Stands 18806 Page 175 172 172 173 173 174 174 174 177 171 Freedom of movement of the legs and room for pedals Cable management Folds small

172

KEYBOARD STANDS · COLUMN STANDS SUPPORT ARM SET B 18866 Weight Material Angle of inclination Support depth Support width Max. load capacity Fits Special STARLINE 0.94 kg aluminum 15° from 290 to 470 mm from 670 to 980 mm 35 kg 18840, 18860 telescopic and 15° tilt angle CONTROLLER KEYBOARD TRAY 18876 Weight Material Dimensions Fits Special STARLINE 1 kg aluminum 640 x 326 x 25 mm 18860, 18866 to storage smaller syn- thesizers, controllers, drum machines etc; with integrated handle; 4 rubber pads included Order No. black 18876-000-55 Order No. anodized aluminum 18866-000-30 black anodized 18866-000-35 red 18866-000-36 Page Accessories Controller keyboard tray 18876 172 Controller keyboard tray XL 18879 173 To storage smaller synthesizers, controllers, drum machines on the »Spider Pro« SUPPORT ARM SET A 18865 Weight Material Support depth Support width Max. load capacity Fits Special STARLINE 0.95 kg aluminum from 300 to 490 mm from 650 to 940 mm 35 kg 18840, 18860 telescopic Order No. anodized aluminum 18865-000-30 black anodized 18865-000-35 red 18865-000-36 172

173

KEYBOARD STANDS · COLUMN STANDS CONTROLLER KEYBOARD TRAY XL 18879 Weight Material Dimensions Fits Special STARLINE 1.3 kg aluminum 778 x 368 x 25 mm 18860, 18866 to store synthesizers and other devices up to a depth of 400 mm; with integrated handle; 4 rubber pads inclu- ded; integrated edge pro- tectors Order No. black 18879-000-55 LAPTOP REST FOR THE »SPIDER PRO« 18863 Weight Material Bearing plate Adjustment Max. load capacity Fits Special Order No. structured black 18863-024-56 STARLINE 1.6 kg steel holder, aluminum shelf 265 x 304 mm tooth system with wing nut 8 kg 18840, 18860 individually adjustable stop pins; non-slip rubber pads are included To store synthesizers and other devices up to a depth of 400 mm The new »Spider Pro« laptop rest. For all common laptop mo- dels, mixers, etc. 0.58 kg steel STARLINE UNIVERSAL HOLDER FOR »SPIDER PRO« 18873 Weight Material Threaded connector 3/8 and 5/8 18840, 18860 Fits continuous height Special adjustment; connects other acces- sories, such as boom arm, gooseneck, iPad holder, Tablet PC holder etc.; incl. thread adapter 3/8 - 5/8 Order No. black 18873-300-55 Accessories Sheet music and concept holder 18805 Adapter for screens 19685 Tablet PC stand holder 19790 Page 175 345 344 173

174

KEYBOARD STANDS · COLUMN STANDS ADAPTER FOR »SPIDER PRO« 18853 Weight Material Dimensions Fits Special STARLINE 0.14 kg steel 136 x 85 x 29 mm 18840, 18860 reinforcement to attach heavy booms and sheet music holders THREADED BOLT SET FOR »SPIDER PRO« 18864 Weight Material Male thread Fits Special STARLINE 0.04 kg steel 3/8 or rather M8 18840, 18860 only necessary when the »Spider Pro« is modified to take the laptop rest 18863; features: to mount microphone booms and music sheet desks to the »Spider Pro« products; long threaded bolt necessary when laptop rest 18863 is installed EXTENSION ROD 18872 Weight Material Height Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 Fits Special STARLINE 0.387 kg steel from 330 to 550 mm 2-piece folding design clutch 18817, 18840, 18860 in combination with threaded bolt set 18864 to mount micro- phone booms to the »Spider Pro« products when laptop rest 18863 is installed Order No. black 18872-300-55 Order No. black 18853-000-55 Order No. black zinc-plated 18864-000-25 174

175

SHEET MUSIC AND CONCEPT HOLDER 18805 Weight Material Music desk dimensions Threaded connector 3/8 Fits 1.5 kg steel Special Order No. black 18805-300-55 STARLINE 416 x 296 x 30 mm 18807, 18817, 18873, 18944 prismatic »V-block« connector KEYBOARD STANDS · COLUMN STANDS STARLINE 0.88 kg nylon 1,280 x 180 x 185 mm handle zip fastener 18860, 21338, 21340 CARRYING CASE 18851 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits Order No. 18851-000-00 CARRYING CASE 18846 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits Order No. 18846-000-00 STARLINE 0.7 kg nylon 880 x 180 x 185 mm handle zip fastener 14160, 14760, 14761, 15045, 17620, 18840, 21454 175

176

TROLLEY FOR DIGITAL UPRIGHT PIANOS 18804 Weight Material Width Depth Height Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 18804-000-55 10.8 kg steel from 1,038 to 1,525 mm from 304 to 526 mm 78 mm 80 kg locking castors; lifts the digital upright piano only ~25 mm; self-adhesive felt pads included The unique trolley sets your digital upright piano in motion. This is suitable for all common electric pianos and gives you extra mobility on stage, in the rehearsal room or at home. The adjustable width ranges from 1038 to 1525 mm and in depth, adjustment dimensions of 304 to 526 mm are possible. Thanks to the lockable castors and low-profile design, the digital piano can remain on the trolley even while playing. KEYBOARD STANDS · ACCESSORIES 176

177

KEYBOARD STANDS · ACCESSORIES TROLLEY FOR KEYBOARD STANDS 18806 Weight Material Width Height extendable Max. load capacity Fits 7.1 kg steel 183 mm 74 mm from 564 to 787 mm 80 kg 12160, 12170, 18810, 18820, 18826, 18840, 18860, 18880, 18900, 18930, 18933, 18950, 18953, 18962, 18963, 18969, 18990, 18993, 18997, 42040 locking castors Example: Trolley 18806 with table- style keyboard stand 18950 Special Order No. black 18806-000-55 Adjustable in length; locking casters „Keep on Rolling“- The unique trolley keeps your keyboard stand on the move. The trolley provi- des extra mobility on stage, in rehearsal rooms or at home. The trolley is suited for all stan- dard König & Meyer keyboard and equipment stands. Both trolleys are adjustable in length. Thanks to the locking castors the keyboard stand can remain on the trolley while in use. 177

180

ACCESSORIES FOR STAGE, STUDIO AND HOME-RECORDING · HEADPHONE HOLDERS HEADPHONE TABLE STAND 16075 Weight Material Dimensions Support Special 0.7 kg steel 147 x 145 x 250 mm rubber covered slip-resistant by rubber pads Order No. sand beige 16075-000-42 structured black 16075-000-56 gray 16075-000-87 HEADPHONE HOLDER 16080 Weight Material Size when folded Support depth Support width Screw-on to Support Special 0.185 kg steel 60 x 70 x 180 mm 60 mm 100 mm tube diameter 30 mm rubber covered for up to 2 standard headphones and 4 In- Ear headphones Order No. black 16080-000-55 HEADPHONE HOLDER WITH TABLE CLAMP 16085 Weight Material Support depth Support width Clamping range Support Special 0.26 kg steel 60 mm 100 mm up to 48 mm rubber covered for up to 2 standard headphones and 4 In- Ear headphones; the holder can be rot- ated from any position by 90° Order No. black 16085-000-55 Can easily take two sets of headphones 180

181

ACCESSORIES FOR STAGE, STUDIO AND HOME-RECORDING · HEADPHONE HOLDERS HEADPHONE HOLDER 16090 Weight Material Support depth Support width Clamping range Support Special 0.205 kg steel 60 mm 100 mm up to 42 mm rubber covered for up to 2 standard headphones and 4 In- Ear headphones Order No. black 16090-000-55 HEADPHONE WALL HOLDER 16312 Weight Material Height Support depth Support width Special 0.075 kg plastic 95 mm 68 mm 60 mm screws and anchors included Order No. black 16312-000-55 HEADPHONE WALL HOLDER 16311 Weight Material Height Support depth Support width Special 0.097 kg steel 31 mm 74 mm 36 mm for one standard he- adphone and 2 In-Ear headphones; screws and anchors included Order No. black 16311-000-55 pure white 16311-000-76 Can easily take two sets of headphones. Two-part system (bracket and plastic cover) to hide the mounting screws 181

183

ACCESSORIES FOR STAGE, STUDIO AND HOME-RECORDING · AMP, MONITOR AND MIXER STANDS EURORACK STAND 28140 Weight Material Level top Angle of inclination Instrument support Special Order No. black 28140-000-55 1.39 kg steel 350 x 285 mm 30° non-marring slip-proof material for „Eurorack“ cases up to 7 spaces as well as other devices MIXER STAND 28075 Weight Material Height Angle of inclination Support depth Support width Leg construction Suitable for Adjustment Height adjustment Support Base diameter Max. load capacity Number of legs Special Order No. black 28075-022-55 6.48 kg steel from 700 to 1,050 mm 0° to 45° 310 mm from 455 to 665 mm collapsible square tube legs amplifiers and mixers continuous spring-loaded clam- ping knob felt pads 630 mm 35 kg 4 additional levelling screw for uneven surfaces 183

184

ACCESSORIES FOR STAGE, STUDIO AND HOME-RECORDING · AMP, MONITOR AND MIXER STANDS AMP STAND 28130 Weight Material Size when folded Height Angle of inclination Support depth Support width Leg construction Suitable for Support Max. load capacity Number of legs Special Order No. black 28130-011-55 1.58 kg steel 122 x 86 x 602 mm from 570 to 990 mm 15° to 28° from 280 to 385 mm from 350 to 530 mm tube legs with cross braces amplifiers, monitors and speakers non-marring material 35 kg 3 with a 3/8 or 5/8 threaded connection for attaching a micro- phone boom; folds very small; support arms with non-marring rubber The amp stand can hold monitors, amps or other equipment to a max. weight of 35 kg without a problem. The angled front legs have significantly improved the stand’s stability and strength. The low centre of gravity ensures even larger amps are securely displayed. The fine adjustment on the supporting leg allows a tilt between 15° and 28°. A microphone can be attached to the telescopic tube using a boom arm with a thread of either 3/8“ or 5/8“. Folds compactly. Accessories Carrying case 10811 Page 63 184

186

ACCESSORIES FOR STAGE, STUDIO AND HOME-RECORDING · RACKS RACK DESK STAND 40900 Weight Material Height Base dimensions Height (units) Special Order No. black 40900-000-55 4.34 kg steel 445 mm 437 x 534 mm 8 spaces Cage nuts M6 (16 pieces) and locking screws M6 x 16 mm are included RACK WAGON 42020 Weight Material Height Base dimensions Adjustment Height (units) Max. load capacity Special EXTENDER BRACKETS 19 42021 Weight Material Height Height (units) Fits Special 2.14 kg steel 500 mm 9 spaces 42020 Cage nuts M5 and locking screws M5 x 16 (16 pieces) are included Order No. black 42021-000-55 12.88 kg steel 910 mm 625 x 550 mm T-bar locking screw 12 spaces in top sec- tion, 9 spaces in lower section 50 kg four castors, two of them locking; Cage nuts M5 and locking screws M5 x 16 (32 pieces) are included; angle adjus- table to 45°; heavy-duty construc- tion Order No. black 42020-000-55 Accessories Extender brackets 19 42021 Page 186 Load-bearing capacity: 50 kg 186

188

ACCESSORIES FOR STAGE, STUDIO AND HOME-RECORDING · RACKS UNIVERSAL RACK SHELF 49035 Weight Material Height (units) Special 1.502 kg steel 1 space to mount half rack components, wireless units, and other gear horizontally Order No. black 49035-000-55 SLIDING SHELF 49070 Weight Material Height (units) Special Order No. black 49070-000-55 5.2 kg steel 1 space security lock for uncontrolled reverse motion 19 RACK SHELF 28481-28483 Material Special steel in 1, 2 and 3 spaces 300 mm or 380 mm deep Order No. black, 1 space, 300 mm, 1,84 kg 28481-000-55 black, 1 space, 380 mm, 2,37 kg 28481-070-55 black, 2 spaces, 300 mm, 2,16 kg 28482-000-55 black, 2 spaces, 380 mm, 2,79 kg 28482-070-55 black, 3 spaces, 300 mm, 2,5 kg 28483-000-55 black, 3 spaces, 380 mm, 3,13 kg 28483-070-55 PANEL 28306-28312 Material Suitable for steel XLR jacks VENTILATION PANEL 28451/28452 Material Special steel with ventilation slots Order No. black, 6 XLR, 0,2 kg 28306-000-55 black, 8 XLR, 0,2 kg 28308-000-55 black, 12 XLR, 0,24 kg 28312-000-55 Order No. black, 1 space, 0,26 kg 28451-000-55 black, 2 spaces, 0,46 kg 28452-000-55 PANEL 28210-28240 Material Thickness Special aluminum 2 mm flat style Order No. black, 1 space, 0,06 kg 28210-070-55 black, 2 spaces, 0,2 kg 28220-070-55 black, 3 spaces, 0,34 kg 28230-070-55 black, 4 spaces, 0,4 kg 28240-070-55 188

189

ACCESSORIES FOR STAGE, STUDIO AND HOME-RECORDING · RACKS PANEL 494/1 Material Thickness Special steel 1.5 mm flanged style PANEL 494/2 Material Thickness Special aluminum 1.5 mm flanged style Order No. black, 1 space, 0,345 kg 49411-000-55 black, 2 spaces, 0,59 kg 49412-000-55 black, 3 spaces, 0,8 kg 49413-000-55 black, 4 spaces, 1,1 kg 49414-000-55 Order No. black, 1 space, 0,13 kg 49421-000-55 black, 2 spaces, 0,22 kg 49422-000-55 black, 3 spaces, 0,33 kg 49423-000-55 black, 4 spaces, 0,38 kg 49424-000-55 RACKMOUNT STORAGE 491/2 Material Depth Special steel 390 mm with keylock heavy- duty slides Order No. black, 2 spaces, 6,97 kg 49122-072-55 black, 3 spaces, 8,12 kg 49123-073-55 black, 4 spaces, 8,7 kg 49124-074-55 19-POWER BOX 28672 Weight Material Connection Electrical connec- tion data Height (units) On/off switch Sockets Plug Special Order No. black 28672-000-55 0.75 kg plastic electric cable 2 m 220 V - 250 V AC 50 Hz - 60 Hz 1 space Yes 7 piece on the back side shockproofed maximum 3500 W total power input under regular technical con- nection conditions 19-POWER BOX 28673 Weight Material Connection Electrical connec- tion data Height (units) On/off switch Sockets Plug Special Order No. black 28673-000-55 0.75 kg plastic electric cable 2 m 220 V - 250 V AC 50 Hz - 60 Hz 1 space No 8 piece on the front side shockproofed maximum 3500 W total power input under regular technical con- nection conditions 19-POWER BOX 28674 Weight Material Connection Electrical connec- tion data Height (units) On/off switch Sockets Plug Special Order No. black 28674-000-55 0.75 kg plastic electric cable 2 m 220 V - 250 V AC 50 Hz - 60 Hz 1 space Yes 7 piece on the front side shockproofed maximum 3500 W total power input under regular technical con- nection conditions 189

194

MICROPHONE STANDS · FLOOR STANDS MICROPHONE STAND 260/1 Weight Material Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 Base diameter Special BASELINE 3.6 kg steel from 870 to 1,575 mm flat round cast-iron base 2-piece folding design clutch 250 mm anti-vibration rubber insert for noise filtration MICROPHONE STAND 260 Weight Material Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 Base diameter Special BASELINE 5.74 kg steel from 870 to 1,565 mm heavy round cast-iron base 2-piece folding design clutch 250 mm anti-vibration rubber insert for noise filtration Order No. chrome 26010-300-02 black 26010-300-55 pure white 26010-300-76 Accessories Knurled washer 26004 Carrying case 26019 Page 246 238 Order No. chrome 26000-300-02 black 26000-300-55 Accessories Knurled washer 26004 Carrying case 26019 Page 246 238 MICROPHONE STAND 199 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment BASELINE 1.52 kg steel 565 x 95 x 85 mm from 625 to 1,480 mm socket with foldable legs 3-piece folding design non-scratching locking screws Threaded connector 3/8 Special plastic base; folds very small Order No. black 19900-300-55 194

195

MICROPHONE STANDS · FLOOR STANDS MICROPHONE STAND 201/2 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 Special TOPLINE 2 kg steel 105 x 85 x 840 mm from 890 to 1,590 mm socket with foldable legs 2-piece folding design clutch zinc die-cast base; short-legged design MICROPHONE STAND 201A/2 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 Special TOPLINE 2.4 kg steel 105 x 85 x 840 mm from 900 to 1,605 mm socket with foldable legs 2-piece folding design clutch zinc die-cast base Order No. black 20120-300-55 Order No. chrome 20130-300-02 black 20130-300-55 Small footprint ONE HAND MICROPHONE STAND 25680 Weight Material TOPLINE 2.14 kg leg construction made from steel, rod combi- nation made from aluminum from 1,100 to 1,820 mm socket with foldable legs 2-piece folding design »Soft-Touch« one-hand clutch Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 Special zinc die-cast base Order No. black 25680-300-55 »Soft-Touch« one-hand clutch mechanism which easily raises and lowers the mic 195

196

MICROPHONE STANDS · FLOOR STANDS STACKABLE MICROPHONE STAND 26045 Weight Material Height Leg construction TOPLINE 3.4 kg steel from 870 to 1,575 mm flat round cast-iron base 2-piece folding design clutch Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 Base diameter Special 278 mm round cast-iron base with a cut-out design that allows for stacking of up to 5 microphone stands Order No. black 26045-300-55 STACKABLE ONE-HAND MICROPHONE STAND 26075 Weight Material Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment TOPLINE 3 kg cast-iron base, rod combination made from aluminum from 1,060 to 1,790 mm flat round cast-iron base 2-piece folding design »Soft-Touch« one-hand clutch Threaded connector 3/8 Base diameter Special 278 mm round cast-iron base with a cut-out design that allows for stacking of up to 5 microphone stands Accessories Knurled washer 26004 Carrying case 26019 Page 246 238 Order No. black 26075-300-55 Accessories Knurled washer 26004 Carrying case 26019 Page 246 238 ONE HAND MICROPHONE STAND 26085 Weight Material TOPLINE 3.2 kg cast-iron base, rod combination made from aluminum from 1,060 to 1,790 mm flat round cast-iron base 2-piece folding design »Soft-Touch« one-hand clutch Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 Base diameter Special 250 mm anti-vibration rubber insert for noise filtration Order No. black 26085-300-55 Accessories Knurled washer 26004 Carrying case 26019 Page 246 238 »Soft-Touch« one-hand clutch mechanism which easily raises and lowers the mic »Soft-Touch« one-hand clutch mechanism which easily raises and lowers the mic Round cast-iron base with a cut-out design that allows for stacking of up to 5 microphone stands 196

197

MICROPHONE STANDS · FLOOR STANDS MICROPHONE STAND L 20125 Weight Material Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment TOPLINE 3.15 kg steel from 1,100 to 1,810 mm socket with foldable legs 2-piece folding design clutch/clamping element with locking screw Threaded connector 3/8 Base diameter Special 440 mm full-metal feet with sound-insulation rub- ber end caps provide excellent stability Order No. black 20125-300-55 MICROPHONE STAND XL 20150 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment TOPLINE 4.97 kg steel 1,120 mm from 1,190 to 3,220 mm socket with foldable legs 3-piece folding design clutch/clamping element with locking screw Threaded connector 3/8 Base diameter Special 850 mm extendable to more than 3 m Order No. black 20150-300-55 MICROPHONE STAND »LARGE« 26050 Weight Material Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 Base diameter Special TOPLINE 3.2 kg steel from 1,050 to 1,750 mm round base 2-piece folding design clutch 275 mm significantly lightweight, but nonetheless stable due to the ingenious round base with an integrated steel plate with an attractive plas- tic cover; circumferential rubber profile reduces unde- sirable vibration and footfall noise Order No. black 26050-300-55 Extra-long extension Full metal feet with a small footprint of ø 440 mm Full metal feet with a large footprint of ø 850 mm 197

198

MICROPHONE STANDS · FLOOR STANDS MICROPHONE STAND - TUBE COMBINATION 26007 Weight Material Height Rod combination Height adjustment TOPLINE 1.73 kg steel from 1,120 to 3,150 mm 3-piece folding design clutch/clamping element with locking screw Threaded connector 3/8 Special extendable to more than 3 m; Adapter 21950 inclu- ded Order No. black 26007-319-55 Accessories Base plate 26009 Base plate 26700 Base plate S 26711 Base plate M 26712 Base plate L 26715 Page 246 283 283 284 284 MICROPHONE STAND »SOFT-TOUCH« 26010 Weight Material Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 Base diameter Special STARLINE 3.8 kg steel from 870 to 1,575 mm flat round cast-iron base 2-piece folding design clutch 250 mm anti-vibration rubber in- sert for noise filtration; gray powder coating; low light reflection MICROPHONE STAND 26125 Weight Material Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 Base diameter Special STARLINE 3.36 kg steel from 1,000 to 1,700 mm round base 2-piece folding design clutch 275 mm stable, lightweight metal round base with plastic cover; full circle anti-vibration rubber damping ring for noise filtration; large support area pro- vides great stability Order No. gray 26010-300-87 Accessories Carrying case 26019 Page 238 Order No. black 26125-300-55 Accessories Carrying case 26019 Page 238 Easy-to-grip clutch with elastic surface Slim clutch Attractive gray powder coating; Low light reflection; Eye-catcher on every stage Can be used with the round micro- phone stand bases and the larger loudspeaker stand bases. Big tubes provide a modern look and superior stability; Tall tubing combi- nation Round base with a full circle anti- vibration rubber damping ring For special recor- ding techniques and antenna posi- tions. Extendable to more than 3 m. Adapter 21950 included. 198

199

Smoothly and silently adjustable one-hand system Lightweight, but nonetheless stable steel base MICROPHONE STANDS · FLOOR STANDS ONE-HAND MICROPHONE STAND »ELEGANCE« 26200 Weight Material Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector Base diameter Special STARLINE 3 kg rod combination made from alumi- num, handle bar zinc die-cast from 1,055 to 1,735 mm round base 2-piece folding design one-hand clutch 3/8 275 mm knurled screw is im- possible to lose; silent and smooth height adjustment; stable, lightweight round steel base with plastic cover; circumferential rubber profile reduces unde- sirable vibration and footfall noise Avant-garde, one-hand micro- phone stand; can be adjusted soundlessly, simply and easily; knurled screw is impossible to lose Order No. black 26200-300-55 The height of the stand can be adjusted sound- lessly, simply and easily using the unique one- hand clutch. The stand is significantly lightweight, but nonetheless stable due to the ingenious round base with an integrated steel plate with an attractive plastic cover. The base’s circumferential rubber profile reduces undesirable vibration and footfall noise even when the stand is tilted far over to the side. Damage to flooring (e.g. parquet) is p16e.k-m.de product video also prevented. Accessories Carrying case 26019 Page 238 199

200

MICROPHONE STANDS · FLOOR STANDS ONE-HAND MICROPHONE STAND »PERFORMANCE« 26250 Weight Material Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector Base diameter Special Smoothly and silently adjustable one-hand system STARLINE 2.99 kg rod combination made from alumi- num, handle bar plastic from 1,055 to 1,750 mm round base 2-piece folding design one-hand clutch 3/8 275 mm silent and smooth height adjustment; stable, lightweight round steel base with plastic cover; circumferential rub- ber profile reduces undesirable vibration and footfall noise Order No. black 26250-300-55 With the practical one-hand system the height of the stand can be adjusted smoothly and silently (no scratching noises). The ingenious steel base with its elegant plastic cover provides more stability even though the base is much lighter. A circular rubber insert ring on the base also reduces unwanted vibrations and foot traffic noise, even when the stand is placed in extreme positions. In addition, the floor (e.g. wood floor) is protected from possible damage. Accessories Carrying case 26019 Page 238 Lightweight, but nonetheless stable steel base 200

201

MICROPHONE STANDS · FLOOR STANDS XLR MICROPHONE STAND WITH GOOSENECK 27500 Weight Material Height Leg construction 3.3 kg steel 1,520 mm socket with foldable legs STARLINE 3-pin XLR connector Female connector for microphone Gooseneck diameter Gooseneck length Base diameter Special 3-pin XLR connector 15 mm 350 mm 440 mm stand with wired XLR connections and ad- ditional gooseneck; angle plug 3-pin XLR connector; full-metal feet with sound-insulation rub- ber end caps provide excellent stability Order No. black 27500-000-55 Professional stand with wired XLR connections and additional gooseneck. This premium stand allows the microphone to be connected directly to the stand without a microphone clamp or external cable. There is an angle plug 3-pin XLR connector at the lower end of the tube for cable connection. High-quality digital audio cables are built into both the microphone stand and the gooseneck. These are drawn in, soldered and tested by hand at the KLOTZ AIS factory in Germany. The powder-coated stand has a height of 1,165 mm and can be extended to 1,520 mm with the included gooseneck. The robust, short full metal feet with impact sound absorbing foot caps ensure an excellent, space- saving positioning and are simply folded away for transportation. 201

202

MICROPHONE STAND 21070 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction BASELINE 2.19 kg steel 105 x 85 x 960 mm from 900 to 1,600 mm socket with foldable legs 2-piece folding design clutch Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 one-piece design Boom arm 805 mm Boom arm length Boom arm clamping wing nut Special zinc die-cast base Order No. black 21070-300-55 Accessories Carrying case 21421 Page 238 MICROPHONE STANDS · FLOOR STANDS MICROPHONE STAND 25400 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction BASELINE 1.84 kg steel 95 x 80 x 865 mm from 890 to 1,600 mm U-profile legs snap into socket 2-piece folding design clutch Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 Boom arm Boom arm length Boom arm clamping locking knob Base diameter Special one-piece design 805 mm 660 mm boom arm non-de- tachable MICROPHONE STAND 26020 Weight Material Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 Boom arm BASELINE 5.87 kg steel from 860 to 1,550 mm heavy round cast-iron base 2-piece folding design clutch 2-piece telescopic design from 425 to 725 mm Boom arm length Boom arm clamping wing nut Special anti-vibration rubber insert for noise filtration Order No. black 25400-300-55 Order No. black 26020-300-55 202

203

MICROPHONE STAND 27105 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction BASELINE 2.3 kg steel 105 x 85 x 960 mm from 900 to 1,600 mm socket with foldable legs 2-piece folding design clutch Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 one-piece design Boom arm 805 mm Boom arm length Boom arm clamping wing nut Special plastic base MICROPHONE STAND 27195 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 Boom arm 2.3 kg steel 96 x 85 x 985 mm from 900 to 1,600 mm socket with foldable legs 2-piece folding design clutch 2-piece telescopic design from 425 to 725 mm MICROPHONE STANDS · FLOOR STANDS BASELINE Boom arm length Boom arm clamping wing nut Special plastic base Order No. black 27105-300-55 Order No. black 27195-300-55 Accessories Carrying case 21421 Page 238 Accessories Carrying case 21421 Page 238 203

204

MICROPHONE STANDS · FLOOR STANDS An absolute classic - often imitated - never duplicated! Designed for heavy use. 204 MICROPHONE STAND 210/2 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector Boom arm Boom arm length Boom arm clamping Special TOPLINE 3.2 kg steel 105 x 85 x 960 mm from 900 to 1,605 mm socket with foldable legs 2-piece folding design clutch 3/8 one-piece design 800 mm T-bar locking screw the industry stan- dard; stable and sturdy; zinc die-cast base; designed for heavy use Order No. chrome 21020-300-02 black 21020-300-55 The industry standard for a mic stand and boom arm combination. Package consists of the 201A/2 microphone stand and the 211 boom arm. Folding base for ease of transport. Long legs for added stability. The 210/2 - a classic for 30 years. More than 2 million sold. Accessories Carrying case 21421 Page 238

205

MICROPHONE STAND 210/9 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction TOPLINE 3.2 kg steel 105 x 85 x 985 mm from 900 to 1,605 mm socket with foldable legs 2-piece folding design clutch Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 Boom arm 2-piece telescopic design from 435 to 745 mm Boom arm length Boom arm clamping T-bar locking screw stable and sturdy; Special zinc die-cast base Order No. chrome 21090-300-02 black 21090-300-55 pure white 21090-300-76 Accessories Carrying case 21421 Page 238 MICROPHONE STANDS · FLOOR STANDS MICROPHONE STAND 210/6 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction TOPLINE 3 kg steel 105 x 85 x 960 mm from 925 to 1,630 mm socket with foldable legs 2-piece folding design clutch Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 one-piece design Boom arm 805 mm Boom arm length Boom arm clamping wing nut Special zinc die-cast base MICROPHONE STAND 210/8 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 Boom arm TOPLINE 3 kg steel 96 x 85 x 985 mm from 925 to 1,630 mm socket with foldable legs 2-piece folding design clutch 2-piece telescopic design from 425 to 725 mm Boom arm length Boom arm clamping wing nut Special zinc die-cast base Order No. chrome 21060-300-02 black 21060-300-55 Order No. chrome 21080-300-02 black 21080-300-55 Accessories Carrying case 21421 Page 238 Accessories Carrying case 21421 Page 238 205

206

MICROPHONE STANDS · FLOOR STANDS MICROPHONE STAND 252 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment TOPLINE 2.9 kg steel 110 x 85 x 730 mm from 620 to 1,470 mm socket with foldable legs 3-piece folding design non-scratching locking screws Threaded connector 3/8 Boom arm 2-piece telescopic design from 425 to 725 mm Boom arm length Boom arm clamping T-bar locking screw zinc die-cast base Special folds very small MICROPHONE STAND 26145 Weight Material Height Leg construction TOPLINE 6.2 kg steel from 1,000 to 1,700 mm heavy round cast-iron base 2-piece folding design clutch Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 Boom arm 2-piece telescopic design from 435 to 745 mm Boom arm length Boom arm clamping T-bar locking screw Base diameter Special 300 mm slim clutch; tall tubing combination; big tubes provide a modern look and a superior stability Order No. black 25200-300-55 Accessories Carrying case 10811 Page 63 Order No. black 26145-300-55 MICROPHONE STAND »SOFT-TOUCH« 21060 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction STARLINE 3 kg steel 105 x 85 x 960 mm from 925 to 1,630 mm socket with foldable legs 2-piece folding design clutch Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 one-piece design Boom arm 805 mm Boom arm length Boom arm clamping wing nut Special zinc die-cast base; gray powder coating; low light reflection Order No. gray 21060-300-87 Accessories Carrying case 21421 Page 238 Slim clutch; Tall tubing combination; Big tubes provide a modern look and a superior stability Easy-to-grip clutch with elastic surface Attractive gray powder coating; Low light reflection; Eye-catcher on every stage 206

207

Easy-to-grip clutch with elastic surface Attractive gray Soft-Touch powder coating; Low light reflection; Eye-catcher on every stage MICROPHONE STANDS · FLOOR STANDS MICROPHONE STAND »SOFT-TOUCH« 21080 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector Boom arm Boom arm length Boom arm clamping Special Order No. gray 21080-300-87 STARLINE 3 kg steel 96 x 85 x 985 mm from 925 to 1,630 mm socket with foldable legs 2-piece folding design clutch 3/8 2-piece telescopic design from 425 to 725 mm wing nut zink die-cast base; gray powder coating; low light reflection Like model 21060, but with extendable boom arm. Accessories Carrying case 21421 Page 238 207

209

MICROPHONE STANDS · FLOOR STANDS MICROPHONE STAND 21010 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector Boom arm Boom arm length Boom arm clamping Special NEW STARLINE 4.8 kg steel 120 x 90 x 920 mm from 1030 to 1730 mm socket with foldable legs 2-piece folding design clutch 3/8 2-piece telescopic design from 420 to 730 mm T-bar locking screw stable and sturdy; zinc die-cast base with full metal feet; exclusive swivel joint Order No. black 21010-300-55 The 21010 with its exclusive swivel joint is the “load carrier” among microphone stands. The rock-solid stand, equipped with heavy full metal feet, reaches an adjustable height of 1,030- 1,730 mm and impresses with its exceptional stability. The specially designed swivel joint, with the world-renowned T-bar locking screw, offers excellent stability even with heavy studio microphones and holds its set position even after hours. The boom arm measures between 420 and 730 mm over its entire length. 209 Full metal feet

210

MICROPHONE STANDS · FLOOR STANDS OVERHEAD MICROPHONE STAND 20800 Weight Material Height OVERHEAD MICROPHONE STAND 20811 Weight Material Height 10.5 kg steel from 1,850 to 4,400 mm tube legs with double cross braces 3-piece folding design non-scratching locking screws Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment 3.8 kg steel from 1,350 to 3,100 mm tube legs with cross braces 3-piece folding design clamping element with locking screw Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 Base diameter Special 1,000 mm for special stage and studio applications; adjustable up to 3.10 m Threaded connector 1/2 Base diameter Special 1,485 mm adjustable up to 4.40 m; additional safety rings included Order No. black 20800-309-55 Order No. black 20811-409-55 Accessories Carrying case 21422 Page 294 Accessories Boom arm 21231 Page 217 OVERHEAD MICROPHONE STAND 21021 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction 5.9 kg steel 105 x 85 x 1,170 mm from 1,120 to 2,010 mm socket with foldable legs 2-piece folding design clutch Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 Boom arm Boom arm length Boom arm clamping T-bar locking screw zinc die-cast base; Special extra high; longer legs one-piece design 1,065 mm Order No. black 21021-300-55 Accessories Carrying case 21422 Page 294 210

211

MICROPHONE STANDS · FLOOR STANDS OVERHEAD MICROPHONE STAND 21411 Weight Material Height OVERHEAD MICROPHONE STAND 21430 Weight Material Height 17.42 kg steel from 1,340 to 2,210 mm cast-iron base 2-piece folding design clamping element with locking screw Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment 4.94 kg steel from 1,480 to 2,290 mm tube legs with double cross braces 2-piece folding design clamping element with locking screw Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector 1/2 Max. load capacity Special 12 kg for special stage and studio applications; rod combination with additional locking mechanism Order No. black 21411-400-55 Accessories Boom arm 21231 Carrying case 21311 Carrying case »Pro« 21312 Carrying case »Select« 21316 Page 217 292 294 293 Approved for loads up to 12 kg. Height-adjustable up to 2 m. Threaded connector 5/8 Boom arm Boom arm length 2-piece telescopic design from 1,070 to 1,870 mm Boom arm clamping T-bar locking screw Base diameter Special 660 mm heavy cast-iron base with low centre of gravity for high level safety; 3 lockable castor wheels; extendable boom arm with a 3 kg counter- weight; additional mini boom arm with 5/8- and 3/8 thread and length of 245 mm Order No. black 21430-500-55 Additional mini boom arm Boom arm with a counterweight 211

212

MICROPHONE STANDS · FLOOR STANDS MICROPHONE STAND 259 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction 2.2 kg steel 115 x 85 x 580 mm from 425 to 645 mm socket with foldable legs 2-piece folding design clutch Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 Boom arm 2-piece telescopic design from 435 to 745 mm Boom arm length Boom arm clamping T-bar locking screw Special low-level microphone stand; zinc die-cast base Order No. black 25900-300-55 Accessories Carrying case 10811 Page 63 MICROPHONE STAND 259/1 Weight Material Height Leg construction 1.9 kg steel 280 mm socket with foldable legs Threaded connector 3/8 Boom arm Boom arm length Boom arm clamping T-bar locking screw Special one-piece design 525 mm extra low design; zinc die-cast base Order No. black 25910-300-55 Accessories Carrying case 10811 Page 63 MICROPHONE STAND 255 Weight Material Height Leg construction 4.1 kg steel 290 mm socket with foldable legs Threaded connector 3/8 Boom arm 2-piece telescopic design from 870 to 1,550 mm Boom arm length Boom arm clamping T-bar locking screw zinc die-cast base; Special extra low design Order No. black 25500-300-55 212

213

MICROPHONE STANDS · FLOOR STANDS MICROPHONE STAND »RIEN« 25950 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction Threaded connector Boom arm Boom arm length Boom arm clamping Special Order No. black 25950-300-55 2.98 kg steel 122 x 85 x 450 mm 280 mm socket with foldable legs 3/8 2-piece telescopic design from 425 to 725 mm T-bar locking screw extra low design; zinc die-cast base; very short, heavy legs Extra low design for bass drums or special use. Very short and heavy legs provide maximum stability. Legs are foldable for easy transport. Comes with two-piece boom arm. Accessories Carrying case 14303 Page 91 213

214

MICROPHONE STANDS · FLOOR STANDS MICROPHONE STAND 25993 Weight Material Height Base dimensions Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 Boom arm Boom arm length Boom arm clamping wing nut Special 2.4 kg steel from 275 to 405 mm 250 x 202 mm flat steel plate 2-piece folding design clutch 2-piece telescopic design from 333 to 565 mm for bass drum, AMPs, Cajon, etc.; space saving flat foot construction; elastic rubber feet ab- sorb the impact sound MICROPHONE STAND 25960 Weight Material Height Leg construction 5.25 kg steel 430 mm heavy round cast-iron base Threaded connector 3/8 Boom arm 2-piece telescopic design Boom arm clamping wing nut Boom arm length Base diameter Special from 425 to 725 mm 250 mm anti-vibration rubber insert for noise filtration Order No. black 25960-300-55 MICROPHONE STAND »SOFT-TOUCH« 25900 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction 2.1 kg steel 115 x 85 x 580 mm from 425 to 645 mm socket with foldable legs 2-piece folding design clutch Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 Boom arm 2-piece telescopic design from 425 to 725 mm Boom arm length Boom arm clamping T-bar locking screw Special low-level microphone stand; zinc die-cast base; gray powder coating; low light reflection Order No. gray 25900-370-87 Attractive gray powder coating; Low light reflection; Eye-catcher on every stage Easy-to-grip clutch with elastic surface Order No. black 25993-300-55 214

215

MICROPHONE STANDS · BOOM ARMS MINI BOOM ARM 21431 Weight Material Boom arm Boom arm length Clamping Threaded connector 3/8 and 5/8 Special 0.31 kg steel one-piece design 290 mm wing nut suitable for overhead uses BOOM ARM 21160 Weight Material Boom arm Boom arm length Clamping Threaded connector 3/8 Special 0.5 kg steel one-piece design 395 mm wing nut short boom arm BOOM ARM 211/1 Weight Material Boom arm Boom arm length Clamping Threaded connector 3/8 Fits 0.64 kg steel 2-piece telescopic design from 435 to 745 mm T-bar locking screw 18807, 18817, 18944 Order No. black 21431-300-55 Order No. black 21160-300-55 Order No. chrome 21110-300-02 black 21110-300-55 215

216

MICROPHONE STANDS · BOOM ARMS BOOM ARM 211 Weight Material Boom arm Boom arm length Clamping Threaded connector 3/8 0.7 kg steel one-piece design 800 mm T-bar locking screw Order No. chrome 21100-300-02 black 21100-300-55 BOOM ARM 25530 Weight Material Boom arm 1.7 kg steel 2-piece telescopic design from 870 to 1,550 mm T-bar locking screw adjustable heavy coun- terweight included Boom arm length Clamping Threaded connector 3/8 Special Order No. black 25530-319-55 0.58 kg steel 2-piece telescopic design from 425 to 725 mm wing nut Boom arm length Clamping Threaded connector 3/8 BOOM ARM 21140 Weight Material Boom arm Order No. black 21140-300-55 216

217

BOOM ARM 21231 Weight Material Boom arm Boom arm length Clamping Threaded connector 3/8 Fits Special 5.3 kg steel 2-piece telescopic design from 1,070 to 1,870 mm T-bar locking screw 20811, 21411 connecting thread 1/2; adjustable heavy coun- terweight included Order No. black 21231-400-55 Accessories Carrying case 21422 Thread adapter 21900 Page 294 241 MICROPHONE STANDS · BOOM ARMS NEW BOOM ARM XL 21150 Weight Material Boom arm 0.82 kg steel 2-piece telescopic design from 420 to 730 mm T-bar locking screw exclusive swivel joint Boom arm length Clamping Threaded connector 3/8 Special Order No. black 21150-300-55 217

218

MICROPHONE STANDS · TABLE STANDS / TABLE BASES TABLE MICROPHONE STAND 232 Weight Material Height Leg construction 1.35 kg steel 175 mm heavy round cast-iron base Threaded connector 3/8 Base diameter Special 130 mm anti-vibration rubber in- sert for noise filtration; screw in threaded bolt TABLE MICROPHONE STAND 23220 Weight Material Height Leg construction 1.05 kg steel 45 mm heavy round cast-iron base Threaded connector 3/8 Base diameter Special 130 mm anti-vibration rubber insert for noise filtration Order No. black 23200-300-55 Order No. black 23220-300-55 TABLE MICROPHONE STAND 231/1 Weight Material Height Leg construction Threaded connector 3/8 0.08 kg plastic base, steel legs 60 mm foldable legs Order No. black 23110-316-55 218

219

MICROPHONE STANDS · TABLE STANDS / TABLE BASES TABLE MICROPHONE STAND 23230 Weight Material Height Leg construction Threaded connector 3/8 Base diameter Special 0.75 kg steel 152 mm steel triobular base 137 mm attractive trilobular base; anti-vibration circular rubber insert ring TABLE MICROPHONE STAND 23266 Weight Material Height Leg construction Threaded connector 3/8 Base diameter Special 0.33 kg steel 60 mm very small round base 64 mm compact base; anti-vibration felt insert for noise filtration Order No. black 23230-300-55 Order No. gray 23266-300-74 NEW MICROPHONE TABLE STAND 23240 Weight Material Height Base dimensions Threaded connector 3/8 Special 0.32 kg steel 76.5 mm 90 x 115 mm space saving flat foot construction Order No. structured black 23240-300-56 Base with an attractive triangle form Space saving flat foot construction 219

220

MICROPHONE STANDS · TABLE STANDS / TABLE BASES TABLE- /FLOOR MICROPHONE STAND 25995 Weight Material Height Base dimensions Boom arm length Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 Boom arm Boom arm clamping wing nut Special 1.4 kg steel from 285 to 400 mm 200 x 200 mm 310 mm flat steel plate 2-piece folding design clutch one-piece design space saving flat foot construction Order No. black 25995-300-55 DESIGN MICROPHONE TABLE STAND 23250 Weight Material Height Base dimensions Threaded connector 3/8 Special 0.7 kg steel 142 mm 125 x 130 mm stable and sturdy; special design; surface area for com- pany logo etc.; space saving flat foot construction Order No. black 23250-300-55 Perfect for labelling or your logo TABLETOP MICROPHONE STAND 23150 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment 0.41 kg steel 230 mm from 230 to 430 mm square tube legs snap into socket 2-piece folding design infinitely variable by means of ergonomi- cally shaped clamping elements Threaded connector 1/4 or 3/8 Base diameter Special 250 mm easy-to-use clamping levers Order No. black 1/4“ 23150-100-55 black 3/8“ 23150-300-55 Space saving construction Folds compactly Space saving construction 220

221

MICROPHONE STANDS · TABLE STANDS / TABLE BASES MICROPHONE STAND 23320 Weight Material Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 Base diameter Special 2.4 kg steel from 217 to 347 mm flat round cast-iron base 2-piece folding design clutch 250 mm anti-vibration rubber insert for noise filtration MICROPHONE STAND 23323 Weight Material Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 Base diameter Special 2.55 kg steel from 350 to 570 mm flat round cast-iron base 2-piece folding design clutch 250 mm anti-vibration rubber insert for noise filtration TABLE- /FLOOR MICROPHONE STAND 23325 Weight Material Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 Base diameter Special 2.51 kg steel from 217 to 347 mm heavy round cast-iron base 2-piece folding design clutch 180 mm anti-vibration rubber insert for noise filtration Order No. black 23320-300-55 Order No. black 23323-300-55 Order No. black 23325-300-55 221

222

MICROPHONE STANDS · TABLE STANDS / TABLE BASES TABLE- /FLOOR MICROPHONE STAND 234 Weight Material Height Base dimensions Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment 2.1 kg steel from 400 to 640 mm 170 x 135 mm rectangular cast-iron base 2-piece folding design non-scratching locking screw Threaded connector 3/8 Special anti-vibration felt insert for noise filtration; tilt angle adjustment Order No. black 23400-300-55 MICROPHONE TABLE BASE 29375 Weight Material Height Control element Female connector for microphone Pilot light Plug connection mixer Base diameter Special 0.48 kg zinc die-cast base 35 mm switch 3-pin XLR jack voltage and mic on/off 3-pin XLR connector 130 mm crackle-free switching; wired Order No. black 29375-000-55 TABLE- /FLOOR MICROPHONE STAND 233 Weight Material Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 Base diameter Special 2.6 kg steel from 355 to 580 mm heavy round cast-iron base 2-piece folding design clutch 180 mm anti-vibration rubber insert for noise filtration Order No. black 23300-300-55 Accessories Knurled washer 26004 Page 246 222

223

MICROPHONE STANDS · TABLE STANDS / TABLE BASES MICROPHONE TABLE BASE 29376 Weight Material Height Female connector for microphone Plug connection mixer Base diameter Special 0.47 kg zinc die-cast base 35 mm 3-pin XLR jack 3-pin XLR connector 130 mm wired Order No. black 29376-000-55 MICROPHONE TABLE BASE 29377 Weight Material Height Control element 0.48 kg zinc die-cast base 35 mm push-button (push- to-talk) Female connector for microphone Pilot light Plug connection mixer Base diameter Special 3-pin XLR jack voltage and mic on/off 3-pin XLR connector 130 mm crackle-free switching; wired Order No. black 29377-000-55 MICROPHONE TABLE BASE 29390 Weight Material Dimensions Female connector for microphone Plug connection mixer Special 2.44 kg zinc die-cast base 160 x 150 x 51 mm 3-pin XLR jack 3-pin XLR connector wired Order No. black 29390-000-55 223

224

MICROPHONE STANDS · GOOSENECKS GOOSENECK 223 Weight Material Length Diameter Male thread Female thread Order No. black 22300-324-55 0.32 kg aluminum 400 mm 15 mm 3/8 3/8 GOOSENECK 224 Weight Material Length Diameter Male thread Female thread Order No. black 22400-324-55 0.24 kg aluminum 300 mm 15 mm 3/8 3/8 GOOSENECK 225 Weight Material Length Diameter Male thread Female thread Order No. black 22500-324-55 0.18 kg aluminum 200 mm 15 mm 3/8 3/8 GOOSENECK 226 Weight Material Length Diameter Male thread Female thread Order No. black 22600-324-55 0.09 kg aluminum 200 mm 11 mm 3/8 3/8 GOOSENECK 227 Weight Material Length Diameter Male thread Female thread Order No. black 22700-324-55 0.6 kg aluminum 500 mm 19 mm 3/8 3/8 GOOSENECK 228 Weight Material Length Diameter Male thread Female thread Order No. black 22800-324-55 0.64 kg aluminum 600 mm 19 mm 3/8 3/8 224

226

MICROPHONE STANDS · MICROPHONE FISHING POLES MICROPHONE »FISHING POLE« 23755 Weight Material Length Rod combination Adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 1 kg Max. load capacity cables can be placed Special inside; carrying case included 0.75 kg aluminum from 635 to 1,520 mm 3-piece folding design clamping lever Order No. black 23755-300-55 MICROPHONE »FISHING POLE« 23765 Weight Material Length 0.9 kg aluminum from 1,000 to 3,220 mm 4-piece folding design clamping lever Rod combination Adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 1 kg Max. load capacity cables can be placed Special inside; carrying case included Order No. black 23765-300-55 Order No. black 23770-000-55 MICROPHONE »FISHING POLE« 23770 Weight Material Length Rod combination Adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 and 5/8 Max. load capacity Special 0.8 kg glass fibre from 1,200 to 4,600 mm 5-piece folding design large locking rings 1 kg rubberized anti-slip grip section; microphone cable can be routed through the tubing; carrying case included Cables can be placed inside 226

227

MICROPHONE STANDS · MICROPHONE FISHING POLES MICROPHONE »FISHING POLE« M 23781 Weight Material Length Rod combination Adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 1 kg Max. load capacity cables can be placed Special inside; carrying case included 0.39 kg carbon from 600 to 1,675 mm 4-piece folding design clamping lever MICROPHONE »FISHING POLE« L 23782 Weight Material Length Rod combination Adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 1 kg Max. load capacity cables can be placed Special inside; carrying case included 0.64 kg carbon from 880 to 2,790 mm 4-piece folding design clamping lever Order No. black 23781-300-55 Order No. black 23782-300-55 Carbon microphone fishing pole with high stiffness; Length: 600 to 1,675 mm Cables can be placed inside the pole Innovative locking system Carbon microphone fishing pole with high stiffness; Length: 880 to 2,790 mm Cables can be placed inside the pole 227

228

MICROPHONE »FISHING POLE« XL 23783 Weight Material Length 0.98 kg carbon from 1,130 to 3,780 mm 4-piece folding design clamping lever 3/8 1 kg cables can be placed inside; carrying case inclu- ded Rod combination Adjustment Threaded connector Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 23783-300-55 Professional microphone fishing pole made of high-quality carbon, featuring high stability and rigidity with low weight. The three clamps with the innovative locking system are easy to use and provide highly functional locking force. The length can be continuously adjusted from 1,130 to 3,780 mm. An internal cable feed-through is possible. The padded bag with carrying loop is included in the delivery. MICROPHONE STANDS · MICROPHONE FISHING POLES Innovative locking system Carbon microphone fishing pole with high stiffness; Length: 1,130 to 3,780 mm Cables can be placed inside the pole 228

231

MICROPHONE STANDS · MICROPHONE DESK ARMS MICROPHONE DESK ARM 23840 Weight Material Length Connection Clamping range 1.38 kg steel from 460 to 960 mm without cable 10 to 51 mm / ø 15 to ø 51 mm Threaded connector 3/8 and 5/8 Max. load capacity Special 1 kg four cable clips are included Order No. black 23840-300-55 Accessories Table flange 23855 Wall mount for microphone desk arms 23856 Page 232 232 MICROPHONE DESK ARM 23850 Weight Material Length Connection Clamping range 1.8 kg steel from 460 to 960 mm 3-pin XLR cable 5 m 10 to 51 mm / ø 15 to ø 51 mm MICROPHONE DESK ARM 23860 Weight Material Length Connection Clamping range 1.23 kg aluminum, steel from 460 to 960 mm 3-pin XLR cable 6 m 10 to 51 mm / ø 15 to ø 51 mm Threaded connector 3/8 and 5/8 Max. load capacity 1 kg Threaded connector 3/8 and 5/8 Max. load capacity 2 kg Order No. black 23850-321-55 Order No. black 23860-321-55 Accessories Table flange 23855 Wall mount for microphone desk arms 23856 Page 232 232 Accessories Table flange 23855 Wall mount for microphone desk arms 23856 Page 232 232 231

232

MICROPHONE STANDS · MICROPHONE DESK ARMS TABLE FLANGE 23855 Weight Material Height Bore holes Function Base diameter Fits Order No. black 23855-000-55 MICROPHONE DESK ARM 23865 Weight Material Length Clamping range 1.2 kg aluminum, steel from 460 to 960 mm 10 to 51 mm / ø 15 to ø 51 mm Threaded connector 3/8 and 5/8 Max. load capacity Special 2 kg four cable clips are included Order No. black 23865-300-55 Accessories Table flange 23855 Wall mount for microphone desk arms 23856 Page 232 232 0.23 kg steel 61 mm diameter 5.2 mm (3 x) screw-on type 73 mm 23840, 23850, 23860, 23865 WALL MOUNT FOR MICROPHONE DESK ARMS 23856 Weight Material Dimensions Swivel Fits 0.28 kg steel 100 x 100 x 62 mm 180° 23840, 23850, 23860, 23865 Order No. black 23856-000-55 Wall mount for microphone desk arms 23840, 23850, 23860 and 23865 232

233

MICROPHONE STANDS · MICROPHONE HOLDERS MICROPHONE HOLDER FOR DRUMS 24030 Weight Material Height Threaded connector 3/8 Special 0.14 kg steel 60 mm noise and shock ab- sorbing rubber inserts; no parts to lose MICROPHONE HOLDER FOR DRUMS 24035 Weight Material Length Threaded connector 3/8 Special 0.12 kg steel 115 mm noise and shock ab- sorbing rubber inserts; no parts to lose; „RIMS“ suitable; microphone can be slided up to 70 mm on the mounting rail Order No. black 24030-300-55 Order No. black 24035-300-55 MICROPHONE ARM 240/1 Weight Material Height Boom arm length Clamping range Clamping Threaded connector 3/8 Boom arm Boom arm clamping T-bar locking screw 0.94 kg steel 340 mm 605 mm 15 to 30 mm locking screws one-piece design Order No. black 24010-314-55 MICROPHONE HOLDER 240/5 Weight Material Length Clamping range Adjustment Height adjustment 0.45 kg steel 308 mm up to 48 mm continuous non-scratching locking screw Threaded connector 3/8 Special movable support arm; adjustable to any angle Order No. black 24050-320-55 TABLE CLAMP 237 Weight Material Clamping range Threaded connector 3/8 0.18 kg steel up to 42 mm Order No. black 23700-300-55 TABLE MICROPHONE CLAMP 258 Weight Material Height Rod combination Clamping range 0.8 kg steel from 640 to 1,100 mm 2-piece folding design 10 to 51 mm / ø 15 to ø 51 mm locking knob Clamping Threaded connector 3/8 Swivel 360° Order No. black 25800-321-55 233

234

MICROPHONE STANDS · MICROPHONE HOLDERS TABLE CLAMP 23720 Weight Material Clamping range Threaded connector 3/8 Special 0.23 kg steel up to 48 mm includes threaded bolt and universal spanner; maximum 4 threaded bolts for 4 different di- rections can be applied Order No. black 3/8“ 23720-300-55 UNIVERSAL CLAMP 23723 Weight Material Clamping range 0.26 kg steel 10 to 51 mm / ø 15 to ø 51 mm Threaded connector 3/8 Special includes threaded bolt and universal spanner; maximum 4 threaded bolts for 4 different di- rections can be applied Order No. black 3/8“ 23723-300-55 Accessories Threaded bolt 23721 Page 235 Accessories Threaded bolt 23721 Page 235 Specially shaped clamping parts allow the clamp to be used on smooth surfaces and round- shaped tubes UNIVERSAL CLAMPING HOLDER 19715 0.339 kg Weight Material steel Threaded connector 3/8 Length Screw-on to Max. load capacity Special 232 mm tube diameter 30 mm 3 kg to be attached to tubes up to 30 mm diameter; connects other acces- sories, such as boom arm, gooseneck, iPad holder, Tablet PC holder etc.; with 3/8 threaded connector Order No. black 19715-300-55 234

236

MICROPHONE STANDS · WALL/ CEILING MOUNTS UNIVERSAL WALL MOUNT 24350 Weight Material Angle of inclination Threaded connector 3/8 and 5/8 Ceiling mounting plate diameter Adjustment 0.475 kg steel 0° to 90° CEILING MOUNT 22150 Weight Material Height Rod combination Height adjustment Mounting Threaded connector 3/8 1.1 kg steel from 610 to 1,120 mm 2-piece folding design clutch attaches to ceilings CEILING MOUNT 22160 Weight Material Height Rod combination Height adjustment Mounting Threaded connector 3/8 1.3 kg steel from 860 to 1,560 mm 2-piece folding design clutch attaches to ceilings Order No. black 22150-300-55 Order No. black 22160-300-55 swivel ball joint as- sembly attaches to walls and ceilings 205 mm 360° Mounting Wall clearance Swivel Order No. black 24350-000-55 236

237

MICROPHONE BAR 23510 Weight Material Length Threaded connector 3/8 Number of knurled screws Special 0.2 kg steel 217 mm 2 moveable bars on both sides to position the microphone; no parts to lose; connects to top of mic stands with 3/8 thread Order No. black 23510-300-55 MICROPHONE BAR 23560 Weight Material Length Threaded connector 3/8 Number of knurled screws Special 0.62 kg steel 850 mm 6 connects to top of mic stands with 3/8 thread Order No. black 23560-300-55 MICROPHONE STANDS · ACCESSORIES MICROPHONE BAR 23550 Weight Material Length Threaded connector 3/8 Spacing of holes Number of knurled screws Special 0.13 kg steel 200 mm from 60 to 172 mm 2 no parts to lose; connects to top of mic stands with 3/8 thread MICROPHONE BAR 236 Weight Material Length Threaded connector 3/8 Number of knurled screws Special 0.4 kg steel 365 mm 4 no parts to lose; connects to top of mic stands with 3/8 thread Order No. black 23550-300-55 Order No. black 23600-300-55 MICROPHONE HOLDER 238 Weight Material Length Screw-on to Threaded connector 3/8 Special 0.137 kg steel 155 mm tube diameter 30 mm NEW MICROPHONE HOLDER 23830 Weight Material Length Screw-on to Threaded connector 3/8 Special 0.16 kg steel 165 mm tube diameter 30 mm no parts to lose no parts to lose Order No. black 23800-300-55 Order No. black 23830-300-55 237

238

MICROPHONE STANDS · ACCESSORIES CARRYING CASE 21315 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Special Order No. 21315-000-00 2.38 kg nylon 1,100 x 180 x 220 mm handle and shoulder straps zip fastener for 6 microphone stands; separate internal compartments prevent scratching and da- mage of the stands CARRYING CASE 21421 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits Special Order No. 21421-000-00 0.34 kg nylon 1,000 x 130 x 130 mm handle zip fastener 210/2, 210/6, 210/8, 210/9, 21060, 21070, 21080, 21333, 21334, 27105, 27195 to store and trans- port two microphone stands; two inside compart- ments CARRYING CASE 26019 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits Special Order No. 26019-000-00 0.18 kg nylon 1,100 x 320 x 60 mm handle and shoulder straps zip fastener 260, 260/1, 26010, 26045, 26075, 26085, 26125, 26200, 26250 3 internal compart- ments and fixed Velcro strips provide maxi- mum protection 238

239

MICROPHONE STANDS · ACCESSORIES CARRYING CASE »SELECT« 21427 Weight Material Dimensions 4.8 kg 1680D nylon fabric 1,110 x 350 x 370 mm handle zip fastener for 6 microphone stands; separate internal compartments prevent scratching and damage of the stands; castors included Handle or carrying type Fastener Special Order No. 21427-000-00 Professional carrying case for 6 microphone stands. Includes castors for easy and comfort- able transport. Case made of extremely durable 1680D nylon fabric. All seams hand-stitched in high quality. Padded carrying handles and a durable zipper are further quality features. Professional carrying case for 6 microphone stands. Includes castors for comfortable transport. 239

240

MICROPHONE STANDS · ACCESSORIES SHEET MUSIC AND DOCUMENT HOLDER 11505 Weight Material 1.1 kg clamping element alu- minum with protective plastic inserts, foldable steel desk 485 x 240 x 42 mm tube diameter 30 mm large foldable music desk; adjustable in angle and depth Music desk dimensions Screw-on to Special Order No. black 11505-000-55 SHEET MUSIC AND DOCUMENT HOLDER 11510 Weight Material Music desk dimensions Clamping range Special 1 kg steel 300 x 200 x 30 mm up to 48 mm adjustable in angle and depth; high-quality, flexible clamp Order No. black 11510-000-55 SHEET MUSIC AND DOCUMENT HOLDER 115/2 Weight Material Music desk dimensions Screw-on to Special 0.93 kg steel 300 x 210 x 30 mm tube diameter 30 mm adjustable in angle and depth Order No. black 11520-000-55 THREAD ADAPTER 215 Weight Material Male thread Female thread Order No. zinc-plated 21500-000-29 0.01 kg steel 5/8 27 gauge 1/2 and 3/8 THREAD ADAPTER 216 Weight Material Male thread Female thread Special Order No. zinc-plated 21600-000-29 0.022 kg steel 3/8 5/8 27 gauge with knurled surface THREAD ADAPTER 217 Weight Material Male thread Female thread Order No. zinc-plated 21700-000-29 0.01 kg steel 5/8 27 gauge 3/8 240

241

MICROPHONE STANDS · ACCESSORIES THREAD ADAPTER 21770 Weight Material Male thread Female thread 0.01 kg steel 3/8 1/4 Order No. zinc-plated 21770-000-29 THREAD ADAPTER 218 Weight Material Male thread Female thread Special Order No. zinc-plated 21800-000-29 0.03 kg steel 3/8 1/2 with knurled surface THREAD ADAPTER 219 Weight Material Male thread Female thread Special Order No. zinc-plated 21900-000-29 0.036 kg steel 1/2 3/8 with knurled surface THREAD ADAPTER 21900 Weight Material Male thread Female thread Fits Special Order No. zinc-plated 21900-208-29 0.03 kg steel 1/2 3/8 21231 goes into the threaded hole of the K&M 21231 THREAD ADAPTER 21918 Weight Material Male thread Female thread Special Order No. zinc-plated 21918-000-29 0.03 kg steel M8 x 12 mm 3/8 with knurled surface THREAD ADAPTER 21920 Weight Material Male thread Female thread Special Order No. zinc-plated 21920-000-29 0.03 kg steel 1/4 x 10 mm 3/8 with knurled surface 241

242

MICROPHONE STANDS · ACCESSORIES THREAD ADAPTER 21922 Weight Material Male thread Order No. black zinc-plated 21922-000-25 0.02 kg steel M10 x 15 mm and 1/4 x 10 mm THREAD ADAPTER 21927 Weight Material Male thread Order No. zinc-plated 21927-000-29 0.043 kg steel M20 x 1.25 mm and 3/8 THREAD ADAPTER 21980 Weight Material Male thread Female thread Special Order No. zinc-plated 21980-000-29 0.04 kg steel M10 x 12 mm 3/8 with a width across flats of 17 THREAD ADAPTER 85040 Weight Material Male thread Female thread Order No. black 85040-000-55 0.01 kg plastic 5/8 27 gauge 3/8 THREAD ADAPTER 85045 Weight Material Male thread Female thread Order No. black 85045-217-55 0.01 kg plastic 5/8 27 gauge 3/8 THREAD ADAPTER 21950 Weight Material Dimensions dia- meter Male thread Female thread Fits Order No. black passivated 21950-000-25 0.09 kg steel 25 x 50 mm M20 M20 x 1.25 mm 26700, 26707, 26711, 26712, 26713, 26715, 26716 242

243

MICROPHONE STANDS · ACCESSORIES 0.13 kg steel 29 x 60 mm 1/4 or 3/8 3/8 with thread adap- ter 1/4 UNIVERSAL JOINT 19695 Weight Material Dimensions dia- meter Male thread Female thread Order No. black 1/4“ male thread 19695-100-55 black 3/8“ male thread 19695-300-55 MICROPHONE CLIP 85035 Weight Material Threaded connector 3/8 and 5/8 Microphone clip diameter Special 0.03 kg plastic diameter 17-22 mm elastic mic support MICROPHONE CLIP 85050 Weight Material Threaded connector 3/8 and 5/8 Microphone clip diameter Special 0.03 kg plastic diameter 22-28 mm elastic mic support Order No. black, 3/8“ and 5/8“ 85035-000-55 black, 5/8“ 85035-500-55 Order No. black, 3/8“ and 5/8“ 85050-000-55 black, 5/8“ 85050-500-55 MICROPHONE CLIP 85055 Weight Material Threaded connector 3/8 and 5/8 Microphone clip diameter Special 0.04 kg plastic diameter 28-34 mm elastic mic support MICROPHONE CLIP 85060 Weight Material Threaded connector 3/8 and 5/8 Microphone clip diameter Special 0.06 kg plastic diameter 34-40 mm elastic mic support TABLE FLANGE 85070 Weight Material Threaded connector 3/8 and 5/8 Microphone clip diameter Special 0.04 kg plastic diameter 34-40 mm elastic mic support Order No. black, 3/8“ and 5/8“ 85055-000-55 black, 5/8“ 85055-500-55 Order No. black, 3/8“ and 5/8“ 85060-000-55 black, 5/8“ 85060-500-55 Order No. black, 3/8“ and 5/8“ 85070-000-55 black, 5/8“ 85070-500-55 243

244

MICROPHONE STANDS · ACCESSORIES TABLE FLANGE 221 a Weight Material Height Diameter Bore holes Threaded connector 3/8 Function Special 0.24 kg steel 150 mm 73 mm diameter 5.2 mm (3 x) screw-on type threaded bolt with cable entry hole TABLE FLANGE 221 c Weight Material Height Diameter Bore holes Threaded connector 3/8 Function Special Order No. black 22110-300-55 Order No. black 22130-300-55 0.16 kg steel 39 mm 73 mm diameter 5.2 mm (3 x) screw-on type 2 threads, for vertical and horizontal con- nection; threaded bolt with cable entry hole TABLE FLANGE 221 d Weight Material Height Diameter Bore holes Threaded connector 3/8 Function Special 0.115 kg steel 13 mm 73 mm diameter 5.2 mm (3 x) screw-on type threaded bolt with cable entry hole Order No. black 22140-300-55 0.8 kg steel 60 mm 50 mm one-piece K&M boom arms with 3/8 thread or tube diameter 15 mm used for heavy micro- phones EXTENSION 20001 Weight Material Length Diameter Tube end(s) Order No. black 20001-300-55 COUNTER WEIGHT 21105 Weight Material Height Diameter Suitable for Special Order No. black 21105-000-55 0.25 kg steel 130 mm 18 mm 3/8 female thread, 3/8 male thread EXTENSION ROD FOR MICROPHONE STANDS 20002 Weight Material Length Diameter Tube end(s) 0.12 kg steel 260 mm 15 mm 3/8 female thread, 3/8 male thread Order No. black 20002-300-55 Only screw on a micro- phone stand and get a taller rod combination 244

245

MICROPHONE STANDS · ACCESSORIES EXTENSION ROD FOR MICROPHONE STANDS 20004 Weight Material Length Diameter Tube end(s) 0.19 kg steel 500 mm 15 mm 3/8 female thread, 3/8 male thread EXTENSION ROD FOR MICROPHONE STANDS 20005 Weight Material Length Diameter Tube end(s) 0.34 kg steel 950 mm 15 mm 3/8 female thread, 3/8 male thread Order No. black 20004-300-55 Order No. black 20005-300-55 NEW STAND ADAPTER 19400 0.4 kg Weight steel Material 100 x 79 x 79 mm Dimensions -45° to 45° Angle of inclination Mounting screw-on type Threaded connector 3/8 and 5/8 Spacing of holes Max. load capacity Special 60 mm 5 kg to mount a mixer or monitor speaker on a microphone stand Order No. black 19400-000-55 Only screw on a micro- phone stand and get a taller rod combination 245

246

MICROPHONE STANDS · ACCESSORIES MONITOR PLATE S 26748 0.3 kg Weight aluminum Material 170 x 150 mm Bearing plate Mounting screw-on type Threaded connector 3/8 and 5/8 18807, 18817 Fits Special 4 rubber pads included Order No. black 26748-021-55 BASE PLATE 26009 Weight Material Height Diameter Threaded connector M20 x 1.25 mm Fits Special 4.4 kg grey cast iron 40 mm 300 mm 26007 full circle anti-vibration rubber damping ring for noise filtration Order No. structured black 26009-000-56 KNURLED WASHER 26004 Weight Material Diameter Suitable for Fits Special Order No. 26004-000-00 0.012 kg aluminum 30 mm M20 x 1.25 mm thread 233, 260, 260/1, 26045, 26050, 26075, 26085 to secure rod combi- nation in the round base PICK HOLDER 14510 Weight Material Length Special Order No. black 14510-000-55 0.06 kg plastic 147.5 mm includes 4 picks of 0.81 mm thickness THREADED BOLT 23903 Weight Material Male thread Fits Special 0.05 kg steel 1/4 or 3/8 23900 Double pack Order No. zinc-plated 1/4“ (unit: 2 pcs.) 23903-100-29 zinc-plated 3/8“ (unit: 2 pcs.) 23903-300-29 The pick holder has 2 sections. To store even more picks, more units can be linked. 246

247

MICROPHONE STANDS · ACCESSORIES QUICK-RELEASE ADAPTER FOR MICROPHONES 23900 Weight Material Dimensions diameter Male thread Female thread 0.1 kg aluminum 27 x 56 mm 3/8 5/8 with thread adapter 3/8 second threaded bolt included Special Order No. black 23900-300-55 The extremely practical Quick-Release adapter facilitates the quick and easy change of micro- phones or other accessories on stage or in the studio. Simple handling: by pressing the grey button, the threaded bolt is unlocked and can already be removed. Thanks to the anti-twist hexagonal connection, the adapter is also ide- ally suited for use on microphone fishing poles. Included in the delivery are two threaded bolts. The body of the adapter is made of high-qua- lity aluminum, which makes it very lightweight yet robust. The support for the threaded bolt is made of impact-resistant and low noise plastic. Accessories Threaded bolt 23903 Page 246 247

249

Stands for speakers, lights and monitors König & Meyer speaker, lighting and monitor stands set standards in their class. Reliability and stability are particularly important in this area. The safety of the performers and the audience is of utmost importance. We guarantee the utmost care at every stage of production and development – from the intensive search for suitable materials selected from a range of high-quality plastics to the design of heavy- duty connecting elements. Our new wind-up stand series exemplifies the reliability of König & Meyer speaker and lighting stands – always combined with the highest level of practical functionality. * Under centric load, on a horizontal surface and without lateral forces (wind, shocks, etc.) 249

250

BASELINE 5.88 kg 1,060 mm from 1,270 to 1,930 mm tube legs with cross braces 2-piece folding design clamping lever and safety pin diameter 35 mm 1,150 mm 40 kg 3 2 x K&M Speaker Stand 21450 in a Carrying Case SPEAKER STAND PACKAGE 21459 Weight Size when folded Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Base diameter Max. load capacity* Number of legs Special Order No. black 21459-000-55 SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · SPEAKER STANDS BASELINE 2.35 kg aluminum 1,060 mm from 1,270 to 1,930 mm tube legs with cross braces 2-piece folding design clamping lever and safety pin diameter 35 mm 1,150 mm 40 kg 3 easy-to-use clamping levers; adapter sleeve 21326 included SPEAKER STAND 21450 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Base diameter Max. load capacity* Number of legs Special Order No. anodized aluminum 21450-000-30 black 21450-000-55 Accessories Carrying case 21311 Carrying case »Pro« 21312 Carrying case »Select« 21316 Page 292 294 293 BASELINE 1.32 kg aluminum 1,060 mm from 1,265 to 2,105 mm tube legs with cross braces 2-piece folding design clamping element with locking screw diameter 25 mm 1,200 mm 12 kg 3 lightweight stand SPEAKER/MONITOR STAND 21420 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Base diameter Max. load capacity* Number of legs Special Order No. black 21420-000-55 Accessories Flange adapter 19665 Carrying case 21422 Page 286 294 Tube diameter: 25 mm 250

251

BASELINE 5.88 kg aluminum from 1,270 to 1,930 mm tube legs with cross braces 2-piece folding design locking screw with push-button system diameter 35 mm 40 kg 3 2 x K&M speaker stand in a carrying case; easy-to-use clamping lever; patented gradual height adjustment system; adapter sleeve 21326 included SPEAKER STAND PACKAGE 21449 Weight Material Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Max. load capacity* Number of legs Special Order No. black 21449-000-55 Push-but- ton height adjustment system With carrying case SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · SPEAKER STANDS SPEAKER STAND 21471 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Base diameter Max. load capacity* Number of legs Special TOPLINE 3.5 kg aluminum 1,122 mm from 1,357 to 2,065 mm tube legs with cross braces 2-piece folding design locking screw with push-button system diameter 35 mm 1,238 mm 50 kg 3 patented gradual height adjustment system; integrated shock ab- sorber; mounting aid included Order No. black 21471-000-55 Accessories Carrying case 21311 Carrying case »Pro« 21312 Carrying case »Select« 21316 Leveling leg for speaker stand 21445 Page 292 294 293 290 Mounting aid Push-button height adjustment system Load-bearing capacity: 50 kg 251

252

SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · SPEAKER STANDS Mounting aid XL: Extra large but lightweight aluminum speaker stand Load-bearing capacity: 50 kg SPEAKER STAND XL 21472 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Base diameter Max. load capacity* Number of legs Special TOPLINE 4.1 kg aluminum 1,302 mm from 1,580 to 2,474 mm tube legs with cross braces 2-piece folding design locking screw with push-button system diameter 35 mm 1,558 mm 50 kg 3 patented gradual height adjustment system; integrated shock absorber; mounting aid inclu- ded Push-button height adjustment system Order No. black 21472-000-55 The XL version among the speaker stands. Sturdy and stable and completely made of aluminum tubes. In comparison to a normal speaker stand the root circle is much larger and amounts to remarkable 1,558 mm. The max. height reaches 2,500 mm and thus offers versa- tile application possibilities. The clamp equipped with the push-button system enables a user- friendly height adjustment of the stand. Further special features are the pull-out guard for the extension tube, the integrated shock absorber and a mounting aid for the speaker cabinets. Accessories Carrying case 21319 Leveling leg for speaker stand 21445 Page 294 290 252

253

SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · SPEAKER STANDS SPEAKER STAND 21435 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Base diameter Max. load capacity* Number of legs Special TOPLINE 5.91 kg steel 1,150 mm from 1,440 to 2,230 mm tube legs with cross braces 2-piece folding design locking screw with push-button system diameter 35 mm 1,150 mm 50 kg 3 patented gradual height adjustment system; integrated shock ab- sorber; mounting aid included Order No. black 21435-009-55 Accessories Carrying case 21311 Carrying case »Pro« 21312 Carrying case »Select« 21316 Leveling leg for speaker stand 21445 Page 292 294 293 290 SPEAKER STAND 21436 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Base diameter Max. load capacity* Number of legs Special TOPLINE 3.5 kg aluminum 1,150 mm from 1,440 to 2,230 mm tube legs with cross braces 2-piece folding design locking screw with push-button system diameter 35 mm 1,150 mm 40 kg 3 lightweight stand; patented gradual height adjustment system; integrated shock ab- sorber; steel extension tube; mounting aid included TOPLINE 1.8 kg aluminum from 990 to 1,430 mm tube legs with cross braces 2-piece folding design locking screw with push-button system diameter 35 mm 730 mm 30 kg 3 lightweight stand; for low to medium height applications SPEAKER STAND 21454 Weight Material Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Base diameter Max. load capacity* Number of legs Special Order No. black 21454-000-55 Accessories Carrying case 18846 Page 175 Order No. black 21436-009-55 Accessories Carrying case 21311 Carrying case »Pro« 21312 Carrying case »Select« 21316 Leveling leg for speaker stand 21445 Page 292 294 293 290 Mounting aid Mounting aid Load-bearing capacity: 50 kg Load-bearing capacity: 40 kg Push-button height adjust- ment system Push-button height adjust- ment system Extra low design 990 to 1,430 mm Push-button height adjustment system p05e.k-m.de product video 253

254

SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · SPEAKER STANDS Load-bearing capacity: 50 kg; Heavy-duty aluminum stand Mounting aid Height adjustment with spring-loaded bolt and locking screw 254 TOPLINE 4.3 kg aluminum 1,170 mm from 1,375 to 2,185 mm tube legs with double cross braces 2-piece folding design spring-loaded bolt and locking screw diameter 35 mm 1,320 mm 50 kg 3 lightweight stand; steel extension tube; integrated shock absorber; gradual height ad- justment system; zinc die-cast connec- ting parts; mounting aid inclu- ded SPEAKER STAND 214/6 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Base diameter Max. load capacity* Number of legs Special Order No. black 21460-009-55 pure white 21460-009-76 Worldwide accepted: the speaker stand 214/6 – robust and sturdy. All clamps are high quality zinc die-cast. The leg construction and large fixed foot end caps enhance safety and stability. Other features are the pull-out guard for the ex- tension tube, the integral anti-shock component and comfortable height adjustment with spring- loaded bolt and locking screw. Comes with a mounting aid on the extension rod. Accessories Carrying case 21311 Carrying case »Pro« 21312 Carrying case »Select« 21316 Leveling leg for speaker stand 21445 Page 292 294 293 290

255

SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · SPEAKER STANDS TOPLINE 6.5 kg steel 1,075 x 125 x 125 mm from 1,240 to 1,940 mm collapsible square tube legs 2-piece folding design spring-loaded bolt and locking screw diameter 35 mm 950 mm 50 kg 4 particularly useful when space is restricted; folds flat; integrated shock ab- sorber SPEAKER STAND 19500 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Base diameter Max. load capacity* Number of legs Special Order No. black 19500-011-55 Accessories Carrying case 21311 Carrying case »Select« 21316 Page 292 293 SPEAKER STAND 26750 Weight Material Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Base diameter Max. load capacity* Special Order No. black 26750-022-55 TOPLINE 8.34 kg steel from 930 to 1,430 mm round cast-iron base 2-piece folding design locking screw and safety hook diameter 35 mm 450 mm 35 kg mounting aid included; speaker will be fixed with flange adapter SPEAKER STAND 26731 Weight Material Height Base dimensions Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Max. load capacity* Special TOPLINE 10.1 kg steel from 1,110 to 1,810 mm 406 x 406 mm flat steel plate 2-piece folding design locking screw and safety hook diameter 35 mm 18 kg mounting aid included; integrated shock ab- sorber; gradual height adjust- ment system Page Accessories Carrying case 21422 294 Carrier bag for round base 26751 295 Additional weight for base plates 26709 285 Order No. black 26731-000-55 Accessories Carrying case for distance rods M 24608 Carrying case for distance rods L 24609 Carrying case for base plate S 24616 Additional weight for base plates 26709 Page 295 295 295 285 Folds flat Flat footprint Safety hook and clamping screw 255

256

SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · SPEAKER STANDS SPEAKER STAND 26729 Weight Material Height Base dimensions Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Max. load capacity* Special NEW TOPLINE 10.1 kg steel from 1,110 to 1,810 mm 406 x 406 mm flat steel plate 2-piece folding design locking screw and safety hook diameter 35 mm 18 kg mounting aid included; integrated shock absorber; gradual height adjustment system; depending on the requirements, there are three ways to position the distance rod Order No. black 26729-000-55 Accessories Carrying case for distance rods M 24608 Carrying case for distance rods L 24609 Carrying case for base plate S 24616 Additional weight for base plates 26709 Page 295 295 295 285 SPEAKER STAND 26732 Weight Material Height Base dimensions Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Max. load capacity* Special NEW TOPLINE 13.38 kg steel from 1,110 to 1,810 mm 489 x 489 mm flat steel plate 2-piece folding design locking screw and safety hook diameter 35 mm 35 kg mounting aid included; integrated shock absorber; gradual height adjustment system Order No. black 26732-000-55 Accessories Carrying case for distance rods M 24608 Carrying case for distance rods L 24609 Carrying case for base plate M 24617 Additional weight for base plates 26709 Page 295 295 295 285 Locking screw and safety hook Flat steel base 256

257

SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · SPEAKER STANDS SPEAKER STAND »PRO« 26727 Weight Material Height Base dimensions Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Max. load capacity* Special NEW STARLINE 16.45 kg steel from 1,110 to 1,810 mm 550 x 550 mm flat steel plate 2-piece folding design spring-loaded bolt and locking screw diameter 35 mm 50 kg integrated shock absorber; mounting aid included; gradual height adjustment system: there are three ways to position the distance rod Spring-loaded bolt and locking screw Flat steel base Order No. black 26727-000-55 Thanks to the heavy, flat steel plate (550 x 550 mm), the stand is ideal for use where space is at a premium. Depending on requirements, there are three ways to position the pole. In addition to the centric and off-center position, the tube combination can also be mounted in the corner. A carrying handle, a cable management system and four stable feet are further useful features. The tried and tested K&M clamping screw and the robust locking bolt are used for fixing. Accessories Carrying case for distance rods M 24608 Carrying case for distance rods L 24609 Carrying case for base plate L 24627 Additional weight for base plates 26709 Page 295 295 295 285 257

259

SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · SPEAKER STANDS Heavy-duty stand Load-bearing capacity: 50 kg. Easy-to-use STARLINE 8.57 kg steel 1,170 x 126 x 162 mm from 1,385 to 2,180 mm tube legs with double cross braces 2-piece folding design hand crank with push- button system and locking screw diameter 35 mm, integrated threaded bush M10 for cross- bars 1,320 mm 50 kg 3 push-button system and hand crank avoid uncontrolled reverse motion; locking screw provi- des additional safety; zinc die-cast connec- ting parts SPEAKER STAND 213 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Base diameter Max. load capacity* Number of legs Special Order No. black 21300-009-55 A high quality steel speaker stand with zinc die- cast clamps for professional use. Infinitely variable height adjustment with a hand crank and push button system which prevents an uncontrolled re- verse motion. There is an additional locking screw for extra safety. Extension tube diameter 35 mm, suitable for speakers and lighting crossbars with an integrated M10 thread connector. TÜV type approved for loads up to 50 kg. Accessories Carrying case 21311 Carrying case »Pro« 21312 Carrying case »Select« 21316 Leveling leg for speaker stand 21445 Page 292 294 293 290 259

260

SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · SPEAKER STANDS STARLINE 6 kg steel from 1,417 to 2,117 mm tube legs with cross braces 2-piece folding design locking screw and safety hook »Easy Lock« diameter 35 to 37 mm 1,150 mm 50 kg 3 integrated shock absorber; patented expanding mandrel system »Easy Lock«; vibration-free connection due to moveable plastic splints SPEAKER STAND »EASY LOCK« 21439 Weight Material Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Base diameter Max. load capacity* Number of legs Special Order No. black 21439-000-55 New: Height adustment now faster and easier with the K&M safety hook and secured by a clamping screw A new expanding man- drel with quick- release fastener ensures a tight fit of the speaker SPEAKER STAND 21302 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Base diameter Max. load capacity* Number of legs Special STARLINE 7.65 kg steel 1,170 mm from 1,385 to 2,180 mm tube legs with cross braces 2-piece folding design hand crank with push- button system and locking screw diameter 35 mm, integrated threaded bush M10 for cross- bars 1,150 mm 40 kg 3 push-button system and hand crank avoid uncontrolled reverse motion; locking screw provides additional safety; plastic connecting parts Order No. black 21302-009-55 Accessories Carrying case 21311 Carrying case »Pro« 21312 Carrying case »Select« 21316 Leveling leg for speaker stand 21445 Page 292 294 293 290 Heavy-duty stand Easy-to-use Load-bearing capacity: 40 kg 260

261

SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · SPEAKER STANDS A new expanding mandrel with quick-release fastener ensures a tight fit of the speaker New: Height adustment now faster and easier with the K&M safety hook and secured by a clamping screw STARLINE 13.6 kg steel 489 x 489 mm from 1,130 to 1,830 mm flat steel plate 2-piece folding design locking screw and safety hook »Easy Lock« diame- ter 35 to 37 mm 35 kg patented expanding mandrel system »Easy Lock«; vibration-free connection due to moveable plastic splints SPEAKER STAND »EASY LOCK« 26733 Weight Material Base dimensions Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Max. load capacity* Special Order No. black 26733-000-55 The stand is ideally suited for use where space is at a premium. The height is fixed with a safety hook and secured by a clamping screw for a vibration-free and firm fit. The slim design of the clamp allows space-saving transport and ensures a stylish appearance. The patented expanding mandrel with quick-release fastener ensures a tight fit of the speaker cabinet. The plastic expanding splints also ensure a vibrat- ion-free connection between the speaker and the tube. Accessories Carrying case for distance rods M 24608 Carrying case for distance rods L 24609 Carrying case for base plate M 24617 Additional weight for base plates 26709 Page 295 295 295 285 261

262

SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · SPEAKER STANDS SPEAKER STAND »RING LOCK« 21467 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Base diameter Max. load capacity* Number of legs Special Easy-to-use Ring Lock system; Tight and firm fit for the speaker Load-bearing capacity: 50 kg STARLINE 5.2 kg aluminum 1,160 mm from 1,370 to 2,170 mm tube legs with double cross braces 2-piece folding design spring-loaded bolt and locking screw »Ring Lock« diameter 35 to 37 mm 1,320 mm 50 kg 3 further development of 214/6; lightweight stand; steel extension tube; patented expanding mandrel system »Ring Lock«; vibration-free connection due to moveable plastic splints Order No. black 21467-000-55 Similar to 21460, but with patented Ring Lock system. Vibration- free mounting, TÜV type approved for loads up to 50 kg. Weight: 4.6 kg, H: 1370/2170 mm, extension tube diameter 35 to 37 mm. Accessories Carrying case 21311 Carrying case »Pro« 21312 Carrying case »Select« 21316 Leveling leg for speaker stand 21445 Page 292 294 293 290 262

263

SPEAKER STAND »RING LOCK« 26737 Weight Material Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Base diameter Max. load capacity* Special STARLINE 10 kg steel from 1,125 to 1,810 mm round cast-iron base 2-piece folding design spring-loaded bolt and locking screw »Ring Lock« diameter 35 to 37 mm 450 mm 30 kg patented expanding mandrel system »Ring Lock«; vibration-free connection due to moveable plastic splints Order No. black 26737-000-55 Accessories Page Carrying case 21422 294 Carrier bag for round base 26751 295 Additional weight for base plates 26709 285 Easy-to-use Ring Lock system Tight and firm fit for the speaker Height adjustment with spring-loaded locking screw and safety bolt 263

265

SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · MONITOR STANDS TABLE MONITOR STAND 26772 Weight Material Height Base dimensions Bearing plate Leg construction Height adjustment Max. load capacity Special TOPLINE 3.41 kg steel from 167 to 254 mm 214 x 214 mm 150 x 170 mm flat steel plate continuous 15 kg 4 rubber pads each for floor and tray provide for stability and noise filtration Order No. structured black 26772-000-56 Attractive table stand for studio monitors and loudspeakers. The height adjustment is variable between 167 and 254 mm. 4 rubber pads each for floor and tray provide for stability and noise filtration. The recommended max. load is 15 kg. The support area (tray) dimensions are 150 x 170 mm. 265

266

SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · MONITOR STANDS DESKTOP MONITOR STAND 26775 Weight Material Height Base dimensions Bearing plate Leg construction Height adjustment TOPLINE 3.6 kg steel from 350 to 500 mm 250 x 210 mm 205 x 245 mm flat steel plate locking screw and safety hook 25 kg 4 rubber pads each for base and bearing plate provide for stability and noise filtration Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 26775-000-55 TILTABLE DESKTOP MONITOR STAND 26776 Weight Material Height Angle of inclination Base dimensions Bearing plate Leg construction Height adjustment Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 26776-000-55 TOPLINE 4.15 kg steel from 350 to 450 mm 0° to 12.5° 250 x 210 mm 230 x 250 mm flat steel plate locking screw and safety hook 25 kg 4 rubber pads each for base and bearing plate provide for stability and noise filtration; bearing plate can be moved to optimize the center of gravity; stop bar prevents the monitor from slipping down Height-adjustable desktop stand with tilt support Height- adjustment by locking screw and safety hook Height- adjustment by locking screw and safety hook TABLE MONITOR STAND 26774 Weight Material Height Base dimensions Bearing plate Leg construction Height adjustment Max. load capacity Special TOPLINE 4.96 kg steel from 167 to 254 mm 290 x 295 mm 230 x 250 mm flat steel plate continuous 15 kg 4 rubber pads each for floor and tray provide for stability and noise filtration Order No. structured black 26774-000-56 266

267

SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · MONITOR STANDS NEW TOPLINE 0.76 kg steel 350 mm up to 51 mm continuous non-scratching locking screws 60 mm 4 kg inclination, alignment and height can be adjusted as required CLAMP BRACKET 19410 Weight Material Length Clamping range Adjustment Height adjustment Spacing of holes Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 19410-000-55 CLAMPING DESKTOP MONITOR STAND 26777 Weight Material Height Bearing plate Clamping range Height adjustment Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 26777-000-55 TOPLINE 2.6 kg steel from 335 to 485 mm 205 x 245 mm 6 to 52 mm locking screw and safety hook 25 kg 4 rubber pads for bearing plate provide for stability and noise filtration; bearing plate steplessly rotatable 360° TILTABLE CLAMPING DESKTOP MONITOR STAND 26778 Weight Material Height Angle of inclination Bearing plate Leg construction Clamping range Height adjustment Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 26778-000-55 TOPLINE 3.1 kg steel from 335 to 435 mm 0° to 12.5° 230 x 250 mm flat steel plate 6 to 52 mm locking screw and safety hook 25 kg 4 rubber pads for bearing plate provide for stability and noise filtration; bearing plate can be moved to optimize the center of gravity and rotated by 180°; stop bar prevents the monitor from slipping down Height-adjustable desktop stand for near-field monitors Height-adjustment by locking screw and safety hook 267

268

SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · MONITOR STANDS MONITOR STAND 26720 Weight Material Height Bearing plate Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Base diameter Max. load capacity* Number of legs Special TOPLINE 4.68 kg steel from 677 to 1,132 mm 205 x 245 mm firmly screwed-in base tubes 2-piece folding design locking screw and safety hook 690 mm 35 kg 3 internal cable routing possible; support plate with rubber bumps; for stationary use MONITOR STAND 26722 Weight Material Height Bearing plate Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Base diameter Max. load capacity* Number of legs Special TOPLINE 5.4 kg steel from 677 to 1,132 mm 280 x 320 mm firmly screwed-in base tubes 2-piece folding design locking screw and safety hook 690 mm 35 kg 3 internal cable routing possible; support plate with rubber bumps; for stationary use MONITOR STAND 26740 Weight Material Height Bearing plate Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Base diameter Max. load capacity* Special Order No. black 26720-022-55 Order No. black 26722-000-55 TOPLINE 10.02 kg steel from 950 to 1,450 mm 205 x 245 mm round cast-iron base 2-piece folding design locking screw and safety hook diameter 35 mm, threaded bolt 3/8 x 12 mm 450 mm 35 kg direct attachment of monitors with 3/8 threaded joint (thread length 12 mm) possible; support plate with 4 thread points and 4 rubber knobs; for stationary use Order No. black 26740-022-55 Accessories Carrier bag for round base 26751 295 Additional weight for base plates 26709 285 Page Maximum strength; 35 kg load capacity 268

269

SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · MONITOR STANDS TOPLINE 6.8 kg steel from 800 to 1,300 mm 0° to 12.5° 230 x 250 mm 3-legged steel base 2-piece folding design 10 different positions 600 mm 35 kg with tiltable tray; additional stop angle; gradual height adjustment MONITOR STAND 26754 Weight Material Height Angle of inclination Bearing plate Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Base diameter Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 26754-000-55 The modern studio monitor stand with a tiltable tray and a metal tripod base provides for stability and functionality. The three felt pads ensure noise filtration. The adjustments for the monitor tray include a 12.5° angle and 45 mm in depth. The stop angle of the tray provides additional safety. The height is adjusted by a clamping lever and ranges from 800 to 1300 mm. The gradual height adjustment to the desired positions takes place in 50 mm intervals. 269

270

SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · MONITOR STANDS DESIGN MONITOR STAND 26791 Weight Material Height Base dimensions Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment STARLINE 16.73 kg steel from 644 to 1,044 mm 480 x 480 mm cast-iron base 2-piece folding design spring-loaded clam- ping knob 70 kg gradual height adjust- ment system Max. load capacity Special Order No. structured black 26791-000-56 Accessories Bearing plate 26792 Adapter 26793 DESIGN MONITOR STAND 26795 Weight Material Height Base dimensions Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment STARLINE 17.5 kg steel from 794 to 1,344 mm 480 x 480 mm cast-iron base 2-piece folding design spring-loaded clam- ping knob 70 kg gradual height adjust- ment system Max. load capacity Special Order No. structured black 26795-018-56 Page 272 272 Accessories Bearing plate 26792 Adapter 26793 Page 272 272 Internal cable bushing DESIGN MONITOR STAND 26785 Weight Material Height STARLINE 14.5 kg steel from 1,100 to 1,700 mm 420 x 420 mm cast-iron base 2-piece folding design spring-loaded clam- ping knob for the Genelec 8000 monitor series; quick, uncomplicated mounting of the monitor is accomplished using the suspension device; gradual height adjustment system Base dimensions Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Special Order No. structured black 26785-018-56 structured white 26785-018-66 270

271

SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · MONITOR STANDS PROJECTOR TRAY 26753 Weight Material Bearing plate Suitable for tubing diameter of Function Special NEW 3.2 kg steel 420 x 380 mm 35 mm to slip on stand for projectors, monitors and for other equipment Order No. black 26753-000-55 TRAY XL 26752 Weight Material Bearing plate Suitable for tubing diameter of Function Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 26752-000-55 TOPLINE 4.84 kg steel 673 x 398 mm 35 mm to slip on stand 35 kg for mixer, controller, laptops, etc. TOPLINE 7.6 kg aluminum, steel from 1,000 to 1,450 mm tube legs with cross braces 2-piece folding design locking screw with push-button system 673 x 398 mm 730 mm 30 kg 3 lightweight stand; for low to medium height applications; for mixer, controller, laptops, etc. UNIVERSAL STAND 26765 Weight Material Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Bearing plate Base diameter Max. load capacity* Number of legs Special Order No. black 26765-000-55 2-piece folding design Max. load capacity*: 30 kg 271

272

SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · MONITOR STANDS BEARING PLATE 26792 Material Fits Special STARLINE steel 26791, 26795 available in 3 different sizes; 4 spikes and 4 rubber knobs included Order No. structured black, 240 x 5 x 200 mm, 1.87 kg 26792-024-56 structured black, 320 x 5 x 280 mm, 3.63 kg 26792-032-56 structured black, 420 x 5 x 380 mm, 6.35 kg 26792-042-56 ADAPTER 26793 Weight Material Height Suitable for tubing diameter of Function Max. load capacity Fits Special Order No. black 26793-000-56 STARLINE 0.31 kg steel 85 mm 35 mm screw-on type 50 kg 26791, 26795 2 fastening screws included 272

273

SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · DISTANCE AND EXTENSION RODS ADAPTER BOLT 19683 Weight Material Height Tube end(s) Order No. zinc-plated 19683-000-29 0.4 kg steel 50 mm diameter 35 mm, threaded bolt M20 ADAPTER BOLT 24507 Weight Material Diameter Height Threaded connector M20 Fits 0.53 kg steel 35 mm 79 mm Special Order No. zinc-plated 24507-000-29 21334, 21337, 21339, 21340, 21351, 21364, 21367, 21368, 21377, 21447, 24623, 24626, 26736, 26739 suitable for Bosch/EV flange adapters ADAPTER BOLT 21324 Weight Material Height Tube end(s) Fits Order No. black 21324-000-55 ADAPTER 21329 Weight Material Height Diameter Tube end(s) Order No. black 21329-025-55 0.18 kg aluminum 75 mm diameter 35 mm, threaded bush M20 21334, 21337, 21339, 21340, 21351, 21364, 21367, 21368, 21377, 21447, 24623, 24626, 26736, 26739 ADAPTER BOLT 24506 Weight Material Diameter Height Threaded connector M20 Fits 0.32 kg steel 35 mm 52 mm Special Order No. zinc-plated 24506-000-29 21334, 21337, 21339, 21340, 21351, 21364, 21367, 21368, 21377, 21447, 24623, 24626, 26736, 26739 suitable for Penn El- com flange adapters 0.6 kg steel 250 mm 35 mm threaded bush M20, threaded bolt M20 EXTENSION FOR LIGHT STANDS 21322 Weight Material Height Diameter Tube end(s) 0.7 kg steel 300 mm 35 mm threaded bush M10, threaded bolt M10 Order No. black 21322-000-55 273

274

SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · DISTANCE AND EXTENSION RODS EXTENSION ROD 213/3 Weight Material Height Diameter Tube end(s) Order No. black 21330-900-55 1.76 kg steel 990 mm 35 mm threaded bush M10, threaded bolt M10 DISTANCE ROD 21333 Weight Material Height Tube end(s) Max. load capacity Order No. black 21333-000-55 0.72 kg steel 745 mm diameter 35 mm 35 kg Accessories Carrying case 21421 Page 238 DISTANCE ROD 21334 Weight Material Tube end(s) Max. load capacity Special Order No. black, 880 mm 21334-000-55 black, 500 mm 21334-050-55 1.14 kg steel diameter 35 mm, threaded bolt M20 35 kg for precise fit Accessories Carrying case 21421 Connector plate 24116 Adapter bolt 24506 Adapter bolt 21324 Adapter bolt 24507 Base plate 26700 Base plate S 26711 Base plate S (3 x M20) 26707 Base plate M 26712 Base plate M (3 x M20) 26713 Base plate L 26715 Base plate L (3 x M20) 26716 Page 238 282 273 273 273 283 283 283 284 284 284 285 274

275

SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · DISTANCE AND EXTENSION RODS NEW 2.2 kg steel from 974 to 1502 mm 2-piece folding design locking screw and safety hook diameter 35 mm 35 kg DISTANCE ROD 21350 Weight Material Height Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Max. load capacity Order No. black 21350-000-55 DISTANCE ROD 21336 Weight Material Height Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 21336-000-55 2.25 kg steel from 945 to 1,475 mm 2-piece folding design spring-loaded bolt and locking screw diameter 35 mm 35 kg mounting aid included Accessories Carrying case for distance rods M 24608 Carrying case for distance rods L 24609 Page 295 295 Accessories Carrying case for distance rods M 24608 Carrying case for distance rods L 24609 Page 295 295 Mounting aid Height adjustment with spring-loaded bolt and locking screw NEW 2.2 kg steel from 849 to 1377 mm 2-piece folding design locking screw and safety hook diameter 35 mm, threaded bolt M20 35 kg for precise and vertical fit DISTANCE ROD 21351 Weight Material Height Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 21351-000-55 Accessories Carrying case for distance rods M 24608 Carrying case for distance rods L 24609 Connector plate 24116 Adapter bolt 21324 Adapter bolt 24506 Adapter bolt 24507 Base plate 26700 Base plate S 26711 Base plate S (3 x M20) 26707 Base plate M 26712 Base plate M (3 x M20) 26713 Base plate L 26715 Base plate L (3 x M20) 26716 Page 295 295 282 273 273 273 283 283 283 284 284 284 285 275

276

SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · DISTANCE AND EXTENSION RODS 2.5 kg steel from 905 to 1,450 mm 2-piece folding design spring-loaded bolt and locking screw diameter 35 mm, threaded bolt M20 35 kg for precise and vertical fit; mounting aid included DISTANCE ROD 21337 Weight Material Height Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 21337-000-55 pure white 21337-000-76 Accessories Carrying case for distance rods M 24608 Carrying case for distance rods L 24609 Connector plate 24116 Adapter bolt 21324 Adapter bolt 24506 Adapter bolt 24507 Base plate 26700 Base plate S 26711 Base plate S (3 x M20) 26707 Base plate M 26712 Base plate M (3 x M20) 26713 Base plate L 26715 Base plate L (3 x M20) 26716 Page 295 295 282 273 273 273 283 283 283 284 284 284 285 NEW 2.7 kg steel from 1,090 to 1,790 mm 2-piece folding design locking screw and safety hook diameter 35 mm, threaded bolt M20 35 kg for precise and vertical fit; mounting aid included DISTANCE ROD 26739 Weight Material Height Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 26739-000-55 Accessories Carrying case for distance rods M 24608 Carrying case for distance rods L 24609 Connector plate 24116 Adapter bolt 21324 Adapter bolt 24506 Adapter bolt 24507 Base plate 26700 Base plate S 26711 Base plate S (3 x M20) 26707 Base plate M 26712 Base plate M (3 x M20) 26713 Base plate L 26715 Base plate L (3 x M20) 26716 Page 295 295 282 273 273 273 283 283 283 284 284 284 285 2.96 kg steel from 1,090 to 1,790 mm 2-piece folding design spring-loaded bolt and locking screw diameter 35 mm, threaded bolt M20 35 kg for precise and vertical fit; mounting aid included DISTANCE ROD »PRO« 26736 Weight Material Height Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 26736-000-55 pure white 26736-000-76 Accessories Carrying case for distance rods M 24608 Carrying case for distance rods L 24609 Connector plate 24116 Adapter bolt 21324 Adapter bolt 24506 Adapter bolt 24507 Base plate 26700 Base plate S 26711 Base plate S (3 x M20) 26707 Base plate M 26712 Base plate M (3 x M20) 26713 Base plate L 26715 Base plate L (3 x M20) 26716 Page 295 295 282 273 273 273 283 283 283 284 284 284 285 Mounting aid Mounting aid Height adjustment with spring-loaded locking screw and safety bolt 276 Height adjustment with spring-loaded locking screw and safety bolt

277

SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · DISTANCE AND EXTENSION RODS Extendable to 2.4 m Available in black and pure white Height adjustment with clamping screw and safety hook p20e.k-m.de product video Example in combination with the base plate 26706 3.7 kg steel from 1,400 to 2,400 mm 2-piece folding design locking screw and safety hook diameter 35 mm, integrated threaded bush M10 for cross- bars; threaded bolt M20 25 kg for precise and vertical fit DISTANCE ROD 24623 Weight Material Height Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 24623-023-55 pure white 24623-023-76 Accessories Carrying case for distance rods L 24609 Connector plate 24116 Adapter bolt 21324 Adapter bolt 24506 Adapter bolt 24507 Base plate 26700 Base plate M 26712 Base plate M (3 x M20) 26713 Base plate L 26715 Base plate L (3 x M20) 26716 Page 295 282 273 273 273 283 284 284 284 285 277

278

SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · DISTANCE AND EXTENSION RODS DISTANCE ROD WITH HAND CRANK 21339 3.98 kg Weight steel Material from 940 to 1,505 mm Height Rod combination 2-piece folding design Height adjustment hand crank with push- Tube end(s) button system and locking screw diameter 35 mm, threa- ded bolt M20 Max. load capacity 35 kg Special push-button system and hand crank avoid uncon- trolled reverse motion; locking screw provides additional safety; M20 bolt for precise and vertical fit Order No. black 21339-000-55 Accessories Universal carrying case 15043 Connector plate 24116 Adapter bolt 21324 Adapter bolt 24506 Adapter bolt 24507 Base plate 26700 Base plate S 26711 Base plate S (3 x M20) 26707 Base plate M 26712 Base plate M (3 x M20) 26713 Base plate L 26715 Base plate L (3 x M20) 26716 Page 95 282 273 273 273 283 283 283 284 284 284 285 NEW DISTANCE ROD WITH HAND CRANK 21338 Weight Material Height Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Max. load capacity Special 3.5 kg steel from 1,040 to 1,605 mm 2-piece folding design hand crank with push- button system and locking screw diameter 35 mm 35 kg push-button system and hand crank avoid uncontrolled reverse motion; locking screw provides additional safety Order No. black 21338-000-55 Accessories Carrying case 18851 Page 175 3.88 kg steel from 1,400 to 2,400 mm 2-piece folding design spring-loaded bolt and locking screw diameter 35 mm, integrated threaded bush M10 for cross- bars 30 kg for precise and vertical fit DISTANCE ROD »PRO« 24626 Weight Material Height Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 24626-000-55 pure white 24626-000-76 Accessories Carrying case for distance rods L 24609 Connector plate 24116 Adapter bolt 21324 Adapter bolt 24506 Adapter bolt 24507 Base plate 26700 Base plate M 26712 Base plate M (3 x M20) 26713 Base plate L 26715 Base plate L (3 x M20) 26716 Page 295 282 273 273 273 283 284 284 284 285 278

279

SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · DISTANCE AND EXTENSION RODS DISTANCE ROD WITH HAND CRANK AND »RING LOCK« 21340 Weight Material Height Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) 3.8 kg steel from 920 to 1,520 mm 2-piece folding design hand crank with push- button system and locking screw »Ring Lock« diameter 35 to 37 mm, threaded bolt M20 Max. load capacity 35 kg Special patented expanding mandrel system »Ring Lock«; vibration-free connection due to moveable plastic splints; push-button system and hand crank avoid uncontrolled reverse motion; for precise and vertical fit Order No. black 21340-000-55 Accessories Universal carrying case 15043 Carrying case 18851 Connector plate 24116 Adapter bolt 21324 Adapter bolt 24506 Adapter bolt 24507 Base plate 26700 Base plate S 26711 Base plate S (3 x M20) 26707 Base plate M 26712 Base plate M (3 x M20) 26713 Base plate L 26715 Base plate L (3 x M20) 26716 Page 95 175 282 273 273 273 283 283 283 284 284 284 285 DISTANCE ROD »RING LOCK« 21447 Weight Material Height Tube end(s) DISTANCE ROD »RING LOCK« 21364 Weight Material Height Tube end(s) Max. load capacity Special Max. load capacity Special 0.63 kg steel 245 mm »Ring Lock« diameter 35 to 37 mm, threaded bolt M20 35 kg patented expanding mandrel system »Ring Lock«; vibration-free connection due to moveable plastic splints; for precise and vertical fit 1.33 kg steel 880 mm »Ring Lock« diameter 35 to 37 mm, threaded bolt M20 35 kg patented expanding mandrel system »Ring Lock«; vibration-free connection due to moveable plastic splints; for precise and vertical fit Order No. black 21447-000-55 Accessories Adapter bolt 21324 Connector plate 24116 Adapter bolt 24506 Adapter bolt 24507 Page 273 282 273 273 Tight and firm fit for the speaker Order No. black 21364-000-55 Accessories Carrying case for distance rods M 24608 Carrying case for distance rods L 24609 Connector plate 24116 Adapter bolt 21324 Adapter bolt 24506 Adapter bolt 24507 Base plate 26700 Base plate S 26711 Base plate S (3 x M20) 26707 Base plate M 26712 Base plate M (3 x M20) 26713 Base plate L 26715 Base plate L (3 x M20) 26716 Page 295 295 282 273 273 273 283 283 283 284 284 284 285 Easy-to-use Ring Lock system Tight and firm fit for the speaker 279

280

SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · DISTANCE AND EXTENSION RODS DISTANCE ROD »RING LOCK« 21367 Weight Material Height Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Max. load capacity Special 2.76 kg steel from 890 to 1,380 mm 2-piece folding design spring-loaded bolt and locking screw »Ring Lock« diameter 35 to 37 mm, threa- ded bolt M20 35 kg patented expanding mandrel system »Ring Lock«; vibration-free connection due to moveable plastic splints; for precise and vertical fit Order No. black 21367-014-55 The height is adjusted by an easy-to-use spring- loaded bolt and locking screw. The unique paten- ted expanding mandrel system provides a stable, tight and firm fit for satellite speakers. Connecting the speaker is easy and is done using the handy ring lock - which is simply placed in position and screwed on. Accessories Carrying case for distance rods M 24608 Carrying case for distance rods L 24609 Connector plate 24116 Adapter bolt 21324 Adapter bolt 24506 Adapter bolt 24507 Base plate 26700 Base plate S 26711 Base plate S (3 x M20) 26707 Base plate M 26712 Base plate M (3 x M20) 26713 Base plate L 26715 Base plate L (3 x M20) 26716 Page 295 295 282 273 273 273 283 283 283 284 284 284 285 Easy-to-use Ring Lock system Tight and firm fit for the satellite speaker 280

281

SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · DISTANCE AND EXTENSION RODS DISTANCE ROD »EASY LOCK« 21377 Weight Material Height Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Max. load capacity Special 2.45 kg steel from 900 to 1,400 mm 2-piece folding design locking screw and safety hook »Easy Lock« diameter 35 to 37 mm, threaded bolt M20 35 kg for precise and vertical fit; patented expanding mandrel system »Easy Lock«; vibration-free connection due to moveable plastic splints Order No. black 21377-000-55 Accessories Carrying case for distance rods M 24608 Carrying case for distance rods L 24609 Connector plate 24116 Adapter bolt 21324 Adapter bolt 24506 Adapter bolt 24507 Base plate 26700 Base plate S 26711 Base plate S (3 x M20) 26707 Base plate M 26712 Base plate M (3 x M20) 26713 Base plate L 26715 Base plate L (3 x M20) 26716 Page 295 295 282 273 273 273 283 283 283 284 284 284 285 A new expanding mandrel with quick-release fastener ensures a tight fit of the speaker New: Height adustment now faster and easier with the K&M safety hook and secured by a clamping screw DISTANCE ROD »RING LOCK« 21368 Weight Material Height Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Max. load capacity Special 3.2 kg steel from 1,100 to 1,800 mm 2-piece folding design spring-loaded bolt and locking screw »Ring Lock« diameter 35 to 37 mm, threaded bolt M20 35 kg patented expanding mandrel system »Ring Lock«; vibration-free connection due to moveable plastic splints; for precise and vertical fit Order No. black 21368-000-55 Accessories Carrying case for distance rods M 24608 Carrying case for distance rods L 24609 Connector plate 24116 Adapter bolt 21324 Adapter bolt 24506 Adapter bolt 24507 Base plate 26700 Base plate S 26711 Base plate S (3 x M20) 26707 Base plate M 26712 Base plate M (3 x M20) 26713 Base plate L 26715 Base plate L (3 x M20) 26716 Page 295 295 282 273 273 273 283 283 283 284 284 284 285 Height adjustment with spring-loaded locking screw and safety bolt DISTANCE ROD »RING LOCK« 21360 Weight Material Height Tube end(s) Max. load capacity Special 1.15 kg steel 750 mm »Ring Lock« diameter 35 to 37 mm 35 kg patented expanding mandrel system »Ring Lock«; vibration-free connection due to moveable plastic splints Order No. black 21360-000-55 Accessories Carrying case for distance rods M 24608 Carrying case for distance rods L 24609 Page 295 295 Easy-to-use Ring Lock system 281

282

SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · DISTANCE AND EXTENSION RODS DISTANCE ROD »EASY LOCK« 21376 Weight Material Height DISTANCE ROD »RING LOCK« 21366 Weight Material Height Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Max. load capacity Special Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Max. load capacity Special 2.35 kg steel from 1,005 to 1,505 mm 2-piece folding design locking screw and safety hook »Easy Lock« diameter 35 to 37 mm 35 kg patented expanding mandrel system »Easy Lock«; vibration-free connection due to moveable plastic splints 2.9 kg steel from 1,005 to 1,485 mm 2-piece folding design spring-loaded bolt and locking screw »Ring Lock« diameter 35 to 37 mm 35 kg patented expanding mandrel system »Ring Lock«; vibration-free connection due to moveable plastic splints CONNECTOR PLATE 24116 Weight Material Height Diameter Bore holes Threaded connector M20 Function Bolt Circle Diameter Fits 0.24 kg zinc die-cast 25 mm 105 mm diameter 6.5 mm (4 x) to screw on speakers 80 mm 19683, 21334, 21337, 21339, 21340, 21351, 21364, 21367, 21368, 21377, 21447, 24623, 24626, 26736, 26739 Order No. black 24116-000-55 Page 295 295 Order No. black 21366-014-55 Accessories Carrying case for distance rods M 24608 Carrying case for distance rods L 24609 Easy-to-use Ring Lock system Page 295 295 Tight and firm fit for the speaker Order No. black 21376-000-55 Accessories Carrying case for distance rods M 24608 Carrying case for distance rods L 24609 A new expanding mandrel with quick-release fastener ensures a tight fit of the speaker New: Height adustment now faster and easier with the K&M safety hook and secured by a clamping screw 282

283

SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · DISTANCE AND EXTENSION RODS BASE PLATE 26700 Weight Material Height Diameter Threaded connector M20 Fits 6.7 kg grey cast iron 21 mm 450 mm BASE PLATE S 26711 Weight Material Dimensions Threaded connector M20 Fits Special Order No. structured black 26711-000-56 Accessories Thread adapter 21950 Additional weight for base plates 26709 Carrying case for base plate S 24616 19683, 21334, 21337, 21339, 21340, 21351, 21364, 21367, 21368, 21377, 24623, 24626, 26007, 26736, 26739 Felt strips for floor protection are included Special Order No. structured black 26700-000-56 pure white 26700-000-76 Accessories Page Thread adapter 21950 242 Carrier bag for round base 26751 295 Additional weight for base plates 26709 285 For all common distance rods and tube combinations with M20 threaded bolts 7.4 kg steel 406 x 406 x 23 mm 19683, 21334, 21337, 21339, 21340, 21351, 21364, 21367, 21368, 21377, 26007, 26736, 26739 flat steel plate; includes a practical integrated handle and a cable management NEW NEW BASE PLATE S (3 X M20) 26707 Weight Material Dimensions Threaded connector M20 Fits Special 7.5 kg steel 406 x 406 x 23 mm 19683, 21334, 21337, 21339, 21340, 21351, 21364, 21367, 21368, 21377, 26736, 26739 flat steel plate; includes a practical integrated handle and a cable management; depending on the requirements, there are three ways to position the distance rod Page 242 285 295 Order No. structured black 26707-000-56 Accessories Thread adapter 21950 Additional weight for base plates 26709 Carrying case for base plate S 24616 Page 242 285 295 283

284

BASE PLATE M 26712 Weight Material Dimensions Threaded connector M20 Fits 10.7 kg steel 489 x 489 x 23 mm 19683, 21334, 21337, 21339, 21340, 21351, 21364, 21367, 21368, 21377, 24623, 24626, 26007, 26736, 26739 flat steel plate; includes a practical integrated handle and a cable management BASE PLATE M (3 X M20) 26713 Weight Material Dimensions Threaded connector M20 Fits Special 10.7 kg steel 489 x 489 x 23 mm 19683, 21334, 21337, 21339, 21340, 21351, 21364, 21367, 21368, 21377, 24623, 24626, 26736, 26739 flat steel plate; includes a practical integrated handle and a cable management; depending on the requirements, there are three ways to position the distance rod Page 242 285 295 Order No. structured black 26713-000-56 Accessories Thread adapter 21950 Additional weight for base plates 26709 Carrying case for base plate M 24617 Page 242 285 295 13.5 kg steel 550 x 550 x 23 mm 19683, 21334, 21337, 21339, 21340, 21351, 21364, 21367, 21368, 21377, 24623, 24626, 26007, 26736, 26739 flat steel plate; includes a practical integrated handle and a cable management BASE PLATE L 26715 Weight Material Dimensions Threaded connector M20 Fits Special Order No. structured black 26715-000-56 pure white 26715-000-76 Accessories Thread adapter 21950 Additional weight for base plates 26709 Carrying case for base plate L 24627 Page 242 285 295 SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · DISTANCE AND EXTENSION RODS NEW NEW NEW Special Order No. structured black 26712-000-56 Accessories Thread adapter 21950 Additional weight for base plates 26709 Carrying case for base plate M 24617 284

285

SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · DISTANCE AND EXTENSION RODS BASE PLATE L (3 X M20) 26716 Weight Material Dimensions Threaded connector M20 Fits Special NEW ADDITIONAL WEIGHT FOR BASE PLATES 26709 Weight Material Height Diameter Bore holes Fits 13.5 kg steel 550 x 550 x 23 mm 19683, 21334, 21337, 21339, 21340, 21351, 21364, 21367, 21368, 21377, 24623, 24626, 26736, 26739 flat steel plate; includes a practical integrated handle and a cable management; depending on the requirements, there are three ways to position the distance rod 5 kg steel 8 mm 325 mm diameter 43.5 mm (2 x) 24650, 24651, 24653, 24654, 26700, 26707, 26711, 26712, 26713, 26715, 26716, 26727, 26729, 26731, 26732, 26733, 26735, 26737, 26740, 26750 to increase the stability; including self-adhesive rubber buffers for non-slip, low-noise operation; several plates can also be stacked onto each other. Special Order No. structured black 26709-000-56 Order No. structured black 26716-000-56 pure white 26716-000-76 Accessories Thread adapter 21950 Additional weight for base plates 26709 Carrying case for base plate L 24627 Page 242 285 295 More stability and security with additional weight plates for speaker or lighting stands Increase the weight of K&M base plates with one or more extra 5 kg plates p20e.k-m.de product video 285

286

SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · ACCESSORIES FOR SPEAKER STANDS 0.68 kg steel 175 x 110 x 104 mm 35 mm 35 x 9.5 mm (2 x ) to screw on speakers, to slip on stand from 100 to 152 mm 50 kg MOUNTING ADAPTER 195/8 Weight Material Dimensions Suitable for tubing diameter of Bore holes Function Spacing of holes Max. load capacity Order No. black 19580-000-55 pure white 19580-000-76 FLANGE ADAPTER 19654 Weight Material Suitable for tubing diameter of Bore holes Function Flange Bolt Circle Diameter Installation depth Order No. black 19654-000-55 0.077 kg plastic 35 mm diameter 6.5 mm (4 x) to screw into speaker, to slip on stand diameter 105 mm 80 mm 61 mm FLANGE ADAPTER 19656 Weight Material Suitable for tubing diameter of Bore holes Function Flange Bolt Circle Diameter Installation depth Order No. black 19656-000-55 0.34 kg zinc die-cast 35 mm diameter 6.5 mm (4 x) to screw into speaker, to slip on stand diameter 105 mm 80 mm 75 mm SCREW-ON ADAPTER 24281 Weight Material Dimensions Suitable for tubing diameter of Bore holes Function Spacing of holes Special Order No. black 24281-000-55 0.548 kg steel 146 x 40 x 105 mm 35 mm diameter 11 mm (2 x) to screw on speakers, to slip on stand 115 mm secured by locking screw; mounting bolts M10 x 40 mm, washers and nuts (2 of each) included FLANGE ADAPTER 19665 Weight Material Suitable for tubing diameter of Bore holes Function Flange Bolt Circle Diameter Installation depth Fits Order No. black 19665-000-55 0.38 kg steel 25 mm diameter 6.5 mm (4 x) to screw into speaker, to slip on stand diameter 105 mm 80 mm 78 mm 21420 286

287

SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · ACCESSORIES FOR SPEAKER STANDS SPEAKER TILT CONNECTOR 19670 Weight Material Height Angle of inclination Suitable for tubing diameter of Function 0.67 kg steel 230 mm 0° to 15° Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 19670-000-55 35 mm to slip on stand, to insert into speaker 25 kg secured by locking screws; with setting scale SPEAKER TILT CONNECTOR 19671 Weight Material Height Angle of inclination Suitable for tubing diameter of Function 1.2 kg steel 205 mm 15° Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 19671-000-55 35 mm to slip on stand, to insert into speaker 25 kg adjustment range mounting bolt: 50 mm Setting scale 35 mm »Ring Lock« diameter 35 to 37 mm to slip on stand, to insert into speaker 25 kg patented expanding mandrel system »Ring Lock«; vibration-free connection due to moveable plastic splints; secured by locking screws; with setting scale SPEAKER TILT CONNECTOR »RING LOCK« 19674 Weight Material Height Angle of inclination Suitable for tubing diameter of Tube end(s) 0.85 kg steel 300 mm 0° to 15° Function Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 19674-000-55 Easy-to-use Ring Lock system 287

288

SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · ACCESSORIES FOR SPEAKER STANDS ADAPTER SLEEVE »EASY LOCK« 21444 Weight Material Height Suitable for tubing diameter of Tube end(s) 0.6 kg steel 270 mm ADAPTER SLEEVE »RING LOCK« 21441 Weight Material Height Suitable for tubing diameter of Tube end(s) 0.66 kg steel 270 mm 35 mm »Ring Lock« diameter 35 to 37 mm to slip on stand, to insert into speaker patented expanding mandrel system »Ring Lock«; vibration-free connection due to moveable plastic splints; secured by locking screw Function Special Function Special 35 mm »Easy Lock« diameter 35 to 37 mm to slip on stand, to insert into speaker patented expanding mandrel system »Easy Lock«; vibration-free connection due to moveable plastic splints; secured by locking screw Order No. black 21444-000-55 Order No. black 21441-000-55 Easy-to-use Ring Lock system Tight and firm fit for the speaker INCLINABLE STAND ADAPTER 19780 Weight Material Height Angle of inclination Suitable for tubing diameter of Function Max. load capacity Special 0.55 kg steel 80 mm 0° to 30° 35 mm to slip on stand 15 kg assembly is easy as the swivel mount is first attached to the stand and then slotted into the bracket; tiltable Order No. black 19780-018-55 pure white 19780-018-76 Accessories Adapter panel 1 24352 Adapter panel 2 24354 Adapter panel 3 24356 Adapter panel 4 24357 Adapter panel 5 24358 Adapter panel 6 24359 Adapter plate VESA MIS-D 75/100 19615 Adapter plate VESA MIS-E 200 19616 Adapter plate V ESA MIS-F 200x200 19617 Adapter plate VESA MIS-F 400x400 19618 Page 304 304 304 304 304 304 346 346 346 346 288

290

SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · ACCESSORIES FOR SPEAKER STANDS LEVELING LEG FOR SPEAKER STAND 21445 Weight Material Height Diameter Suitable for tubing diameter of Fits Allows a height adjustment of max. 200 mm Special If the surface is even or for transport simply leave the adapter on the speaker foot 0.7 kg steel 647 mm 40 mm 35 mm 213, 21302, 214/6, 21435, 21436, 21467, 21471, 21472, 24630 with the help of this adapter you can easily balance out uneven surfaces, stairs, steps or sloped surfaces of max. 200 mm; if the surface is even, you simply leave the adapter in the initial position on the speaker foot Order No. black 21445-000-55 With the help of this adapter you can easily level uneven surfaces, stairs, steps or sloped surfaces. A useful supplement for the following König & Meyer speaker stands: 21300-009-55, 21302-009-55, 21435-009-55, 21436-009-55, 21460-009-55, 21460-009-76, 21460-009-81, 21463-000-55, 21467-000-55 and 24630-009-55. Allows a height adjustment of max. 200 mm. Leveling leg for uneven surfaces (stairs, steps etc.) 290

291

SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · ACCESSORIES FOR SPEAKER STANDS SPEAKER MOUNTING FORK 24105 Weight Material Width-adjustable Suitable for tubing diameter of Function Mounting bolt 1.48 kg steel from 310 to 490 mm 35 mm to slip on stand diameter 35 mm x 120 mm for 2 speakers; secured by locking screw; Load-bearing capacity: 2 x 25 kg Special Order No. black 24105-000-55 Load-bearing capacity: 2 x 25 kg Clamping Threaded connector 3/8 and 5/8 Boom arm 5.8 kg steel from 1,070 to 1,870 mm T-bar locking screw 2-piece telescopic design thanks to the stand adapter ø 35 mm combinable with speaker and light stands; adjustable heavy counterweight included BOOM ARM 21232 Weight Material Boom arm length Special Order No. black 21232-000-55 Accessories Carrying case 21422 Page 294 Thanks to the stand adapter ø 35 mm the boom arm is combinable with speaker and light stands Adjustable heavy counterweight 291

292

SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · ACCESSORIES FOR SPEAKER STANDS 0.07 kg plastic 30 mm 30 resp. 35 mm SAFETY RING 21320 Weight Material Height Suitable for tubing diameter of Order No. black ø 35 mm 21320-000-55 black ø 30 mm 21320-030-55 TRAY 12227 Weight Material Dimensions Screw-on to Special Order No. black 12227-000-55 2 kg steel 250 x 330 mm tube diameter 42 mm can/cup holder is included; with slot for convenient cable routing; a foam insert is included WARNING STRIP 21402 Weight Material Dimensions Mounting Special Order No. 21402-000-00 0.08 kg nylon 600 x 175 mm leg of the stand with velcro reflective collar; yellow/black stripes printed with „CAUTION“ CABLE HOLDER 21403 Weight Material Dimensions Special Order No. black (unit: 3 pcs.) 21403-003-55 0.01 kg Velours 220 x 25 x 1.5 mm for better cable management Practical tray with cup holder CABLE CLAMP 21406 Weight Material Suitable for tubing diameter of Special Order No. black 21406-000-55 0.026 kg plastic 35 to 42 mm for speaker stands & lighting stands; cable duct inside: approx. 30 x 12 mm; 2 cable clamps are included in the delivery CARRYING CASE 21311 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits Special Order No. 21311-000-00 1 kg nylon 1,200 x 250 x 250 mm handle zip fastener 19500, 213, 21302, 214/6, 21411, 21435, 21436, 21450, 21467, 21471, 28070 to store and transport two speaker/lighting stands; two inside compartments 292

293

SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · ACCESSORIES FOR SPEAKER STANDS 2.1 kg 1680D nylon fabric 1,200 mm 260 mm handle zip fastener 19500, 213, 21302, 214/6, 21411, 21435, 21436, 21450, 21467, 21471, 28070 to store and transport two speaker/lighting stands; two inside compartments High quality cushioning Special Order No. 21316-000-00 CARRYING CASE »SELECT« 21316 Weight Material Dimensions Diameter Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits Large carrying case for speaker and hand crank stands. Case made of extremely durable 1680D nylon fabric. All seams hand-stitched in high quality. Padded carrying handles and a durable zipper are further quality features. 293

294

SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · ACCESSORIES FOR SPEAKER STANDS 1.32 kg nylon 1,200 x 250 x 250 mm handle zip fastener 213, 21302, 214/6, 21411, 21435, 21436, 21450, 21467, 21471, 28070 to store and transport two speaker/lighting stands; two inside compartments CARRYING CASE 21319 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits Special Order No. 21319-000-00 CARRYING CASE 21422 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits Special 1.2 kg nylon 1,350 mm handle zip fastener 21472 to store and transport two speaker/lighting stands; two inside compartments Order No. 21422-000-00 XL: Extra large and stable carrying case 0.36 kg nylon 1,290 x 140 x 140 mm handle cord fastener 20800, 21021, 21231, 21232, 21420, 25600, 26735, 26737, 26750 to store and transport two speaker/monitor stands; two inside compartments CARRYING CASE »PRO« 21312 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits Special Order No. 21312-000-00 CARRYING CASE 24611 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits Special Order No. 24611-000-00 294 1.13 kg nylon 2,250 x 320 x 170 mm handle zip fastener 24620, 24625, 24630, 24640 to store and transport two lighting/speaker stands; two inside compartments; snap fasteners adjust the sizes, 2250 or 1750 mm CARRYING CASE FOR WIND-UP STAND »3000« 24731 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits Special handle zip fastener 24730 castors included 2.58 kg 1680D nylon fabric 1,450 x 235 x 250 mm CARRYING CASE FOR WIND-UP STAND »4000« 24741 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits Special handle zip fastener 24740 castors included 2.9 kg 1680D nylon fabric 1,760 x 235 x 250 mm Order No. 24731-000-00 Order No. 24741-000-00 Professional carrying case with castors for Wind-Up stand »3000« Professional carrying case with castors for Wind-Up stand »4000«

295

SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · ACCESSORIES FOR SPEAKER STANDS NEW NEW NEW 0.29 kg nylon 406 x 406 x 30 mm handle zip fastener 26707, 26711, 26729, 26731 CARRYING CASE FOR BASE PLATE S 24616 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits Order No. 24616-000-00 CARRYING CASE FOR DISTANCE RODS M 24608 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits Special Order No. 24608-000-00 0.77 kg nylon 1,115 x 220 x 120 mm handle zip fastener 21336, 21337, 21350, 21351, 21360, 21364, 21366, 21367, 21368, 21376, 21377, 26727, 26729, 26731, 26732, 26733, 26736, 26739 to store and transport two distance rods; two inside compart- ments CARRYING CASE FOR DISTANCE RODS L 24609 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits Special Order No. 24609-000-00 0.93 kg nylon 1,420 x 200 x 140 mm handle zip fastener 21336, 21337, 21350, 21351, 21360, 21364, 21366, 21367, 21368, 21376, 21377, 24623, 24626, 24650, 24651, 24653, 24654, 26727, 26729, 26731, 26732, 26733, 26736, 26739 to store and transport two distance rods; two inside compart- ments CARRYING CASE FOR BASE PLATE M 24617 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits NEW 0.39 kg nylon 489 x 489 x 30 mm handle zip fastener 24650, 24653, 26712, 26713, 26732, 26733 Order No. 24617-000-00 CARRYING CASE FOR BASE PLATE L 24627 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits Order No. 24627-000-00 0.5 kg nylon 560 x 560 x 30 mm handle zip fastener 24651, 24654, 26715, 26716, 26727 CARRYING CASE FOR ROUND BASE 26751 Weight Material Dimensions dia- meter Suitable for Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits Order No. 26751-000-00 0.342 kg nylon 460 x 25 mm round cast-iron base diameter 450 mm handle zip fastener 26700, 26735, 26737, 26740, 26750 295

296

SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · SPEAKER WALL MOUNTS SPEAKER WALL MOUNT 24140 Weight Material Mounting Mounting bolt 2.6 kg steel attaches to walls diameter 35 mm x 85 mm Wall-to-bolt clea- rance Max. load capacity Special 225/255/285/315 mm 35 kg speaker distance from the wall can be adjus- ted in 4 positions Order No. black 24140-000-55 SPEAKER WALL MOUNT 24110 Weight Material Angle of inclination Adjustment Mounting Mounting bolt 2.7 kg steel 0° to -22° gradual in 11 settings attaches to walls straddling bearing- anchors diameter 35 to 37 mm x 85 mm Wall-to-bolt clea- rance Max. load capacity Special 420 mm 50 kg patented straddling bearing-anchors; guarantee effective clamping of speaker in any position; resonance-optimised construction Order No. black 24110-000-55 white 24110-000-57 GS-approved for load-bearing capacity: 50 kg GS-approved for load-bearing capacity: 35 kg 296

297

SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · SPEAKER WALL MOUNTS SPEAKER WALL MOUNT 24120 Weight Material Angle of inclination Wall plate Adjustment Mounting Mounting bolt 6.1 kg steel 0° to -22° 580 x 140 mm gradual in 11 settings attaches to walls straddling bearing- anchors diameter 35 to 37 mm x 85 mm Wall-to-bolt clearance 420 mm Swivel Max. load capacity Special 180° 50 kg very flexible; patented straddling bearing-anchors; guarantee effective clamping of speaker in any position; resonance-optimised construction Order No. black 24120-000-55 The swivelling and tiltable wall mount holds your speaker at the angle you want. The mount has 11 different tilt settings moving through 22°. The swivel is adjustable to any angle. The paten- ted expanding mandrel for loud speakers with cabinet interiors of diameter from 35 to 37 mm is tightened with a key for a non-wobble and low-resonance speaker fit. 297 Tighten/loosen clamping element with enclosed key GS-approved for load- bearing capacity: 50 kg

298

SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · SPEAKER WALL MOUNTS SPEAKER WALL MOUNT 24169 Weight Material Angle of inclination Wall plate Mounting Mounting bolt 2 kg steel 0° to -25° 220 x 120 mm attaches to walls straddling bearing- anchors diameter 35 to 37 mm x 85 mm 314 mm 359 mm 120° 25 kg patented straddling bearing-anchors; guarantee effective clamping of speaker in any position Wall-to-bolt clea- rance Wall clearance Swivel Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 24169-000-55 SPEAKER WALL MOUNT 24173 Weight Material Angle of inclination Wall plate Mounting Mounting bolt 4 kg steel 0° to -30° 220 x 120 mm attaches to walls diameter 35 mm x 85 mm Wall-to-bolt clea- rance Wall clearance Swivel Max. load capacity 172/202/232/262 mm 499 mm 140° 25 kg Order No. black 24173-021-55 SPEAKER MOUNT 24150 Weight Material Clamping range Mounting Mounting bolt Wall-to-bolt clea- rance Wall clearance Swivel Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 24150-018-55 3.4 kg steel diameter 45 to 55 mm clamp diameter 35 mm x 100 mm 316/383/451 mm 515 mm 240° 50 kg for vertical traverse systems Load-bearing capacity: 50 kg 298

300

SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · SPEAKER WALL MOUNTS SPEAKER WALL MOUNT L 24167 Weight Material Wall plate Width Angle of inclination Mounting Swivel Max. load capacity Special 2.36 kg steel 160 x 90 mm 90 mm 0° to -17° attaches to walls 108° 15 kg clamping range for loudspeakers with a depth of 210 to 340 mm Order No. black 24167-000-55 Solid and stable wall mount with adjustable boom for monitors and speakers up to 15 kg. The boom can be swiveled on both sides up to 54° and tilted continuously up to -17°. The width is 200 mm and the clamping depth ran- ges from 210 to 340 mm. Self-adhesive rubber pads protect the surface of the box and prevent vibration noise. User-friendly controls allow quick and convenient adjustments, which also remain fixed thanks to additional counter opti- ons. The sturdy metal construction is protected by a durable powder coating. Optional: cover 24463 Accessories Cover for speaker wall mount 24463 Page 305 300

301

SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · SPEAKER WALL MOUNTS UNIVERSAL SPEAKER WALL MOUNT 24161 Weight Material Ceiling mounting plate diameter Angle of inclination Bearing plate Adjustment Mounting Spacing of holes Wall clearance Swivel Max. load capacity Special 0.711 kg steel -25° to 45° 100 x 90 mm continuous attaches to walls from 70 to 76.2 mm 65 mm 110° 15 kg mounting material included Order No. structured black 24161-000-56 structured white 24161-000-66 SPEAKER WALL MOUNT 24180 Weight Material Wall plate Angle of inclination Bearing plate Mounting Wall clearance Swivel Max. load capacity Special 0.735 kg steel 130 x 70 mm 0° to 15° 40 x 98.5 mm attaches to walls 105 mm 180° 10 kg small (20 x 98 mm) and wide bracket (24 x 98 mm) included Order No. black 24180-000-55 white 24180-000-57 SPEAKER WALL/ CEILING MOUNT 24185 Weight Material Wall plate Angle of inclination Bearing plate Adjustment 0.65 kg steel 95 x 95 mm 0° to 90° 95 x 80 mm swivel ball joint as- sembly attaches to walls and ceilings 160 mm 360° 10 kg also suitable as ceiling mount Mounting Wall clearance Swivel Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 24185-017-55 black, with 3/8“ threaded connector, without bearing plate 24185-317-55 Load-bearing capacity: 10 kg Flexible and compact. Load-bearing capacity: 15 kg 301

302

SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · SPEAKER WALL MOUNTS SPEAKER WALL/ CEILING MOUNT 24195 Weight Material Wall plate Angle of inclination Bearing plate Adjustment 1.08 kg steel 170 x 95 mm 0° to 90° 127 x 60 mm tooth system with wing nut attaches to walls and ceilings 271 mm 360° 15 kg also suitable as ceiling mount; steel safety wire cable included Mounting Wall clearance Swivel Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 24195-000-55 SPEAKER WALL MOUNT 24471 Weight Material Wall plate Angle of inclination Mounting Wall clearance Swivel Max. load capacity Special 0.87 kg steel 160 x 90 mm 0° to -30° attaches to walls 104 mm 90° 15 kg easy mounting by convenient hooking in and screw locking; swivelling and tiltable Order No. black 24471-000-55 white 24471-000-57 Accessories Adapter panel 1 24352 Adapter panel 2 24354 Adapter panel 3 24356 Adapter panel 4 24357 Adapter panel 5 24358 Adapter panel 6 24359 Adapter plate VESA MIS-D 75/100 19615 Adapter plate VESA MIS-E 200 19616 Adapter plate VESA MIS-F 200x200 19617 Adapter plate VESA MIS-F 400x400 19618 Cover for speaker wall mount 24463 Page 304 304 304 304 304 304 346 346 346 346 305 SPEAKER WALL MOUNT PACKAGE NEW 24472 Weight Material Wall plate Angle of inclination Mounting Wall clearance Swivel Max. load capacity Special 1.87 kg steel 160 x 90 mm 0° bis -30° attaches to walls 104 mm 90° 15 kg easy mounting by convenient hooking in and screw locking; swivelling and tiltable; Cover dimensions: 95 x 38 x 166 mm / 3.74 x 1.496 x 6.535“ Order No. black (unit: 2 pcs.) 24472-000-55 white (unit: 2 pcs.) 24472-000-57 Accessories Adapter panel 1 24352 Adapter panel 2 24354 Adapter panel 3 24356 Adapter panel 4 24357 Adapter panel 5 24358 Adapter panel 6 24359 Adapter plate VESA MIS-D 75/100 19615 Adapter plate VESA MIS-E 200 19616 Adapter plate VESA MIS-F 200x200 19617 Adapter plate VESA MIS-F 400x400 19618 Page 304 304 304 304 304 304 346 346 346 346 302 GS-approved for load- bearing capacity: 15 kg

303

SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · SPEAKER WALL MOUNTS SPEAKER WALL MOUNT 24481 Weight Material Wall plate Angle of inclination Mounting Wall clearance Swivel Max. load capacity Special 1.34 kg steel 220 x 120 mm 0° to -30° attaches to walls 104 mm 90° 25 kg easy mounting by convenient hooking in and screw locking; swivelling and tiltable; large wall plate for heavy speakers Order No. black 24481-000-55 white 24481-000-57 Accessories Adapter panel 1 24352 Adapter panel 2 24354 Adapter panel 3 24356 Adapter panel 4 24357 Adapter panel 5 24358 Adapter panel 6 24359 Adapter plate VESA MIS-D 75/100 19615 Adapter plate VESA MIS-E 200 19616 Adapter plate VESA MIS-F 200x200 19617 Adapter plate VESA MIS-F 400x400 19618 Page 304 304 304 304 304 304 346 346 346 346 1.79 kg steel SPEAKER CEILING MOUNT 24496 Weight Material Ceiling mounting plate Angle of inclination Bearing plate Adjustment Mounting Spacing of holes Ceiling clearance Swivel Max. load capacity Special 160 x 118 mm 0° to 45° 90 x 47 mm continuous attaches to ceilings from 70 to 76.2 mm 250 mm 90° 25 kg easy mounting by convenient hooking in and screw locking; internal cable management Order No. black 24496-000-55 white 24496-000-57 Accessories Adapter panel 1 24352 Adapter panel 2 24354 Adapter panel 3 24356 Adapter panel 4 24357 Adapter panel 5 24358 Adapter panel 6 24359 Adapter plate VESA MIS-D 75/100 19615 Adapter plate VESA MIS-E 200 19616 Adapter plate VESA MIS-F 200x200 19617 Adapter plate VESA MIS-F 400x400 19618 Page 304 304 304 304 304 304 346 346 346 346 GS-approved for load- bearing capacity: 25 kg 303

304

SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · SPEAKER WALL MOUNTS 0.33 kg steel 95 x 150 mm 19610, 19611, 19780, 24471, 24472, 24481, 24496 mounting templates: 69,9 x 127 mm - M8 50,8 x 107,9 mm - M6 62 x 47 mm - M6 70 to 76,2 mm - M6 ADAPTER PANEL 1 24352 Weight Material Bearing plate Fits Special Order No. black 24352-000-55 white 24352-000-57 ADAPTER PANEL 2 24354 Weight Material Bearing plate Fits Special Order No. black 24354-000-55 white 24354-000-57 0.33 kg steel 150 x 95 mm 19610, 19611, 19780, 24471, 24472, 24481, 24496 mounting templates: 127 x 69,9 mm - M8 107,9 x 50,8 mm - M6 70 to 76,2 mm - M6 0.22 kg steel 71 x 128 mm 19610, 19611, 19780, 24471, 24472, 24481, 24496 mounting template: 50.8 x 107.9 mm - M6 ADAPTER PANEL 3 24356 Weight Material Bearing plate Fits Special Order No. black 24356-000-55 white 24356-000-57 0.24 kg steel 128 x 90 mm 19610, 19611, 19780, 24471, 24472, 24481, 24496 mounting template: 107.9 x 50.8 mm - M6 ADAPTER PANEL 4 24357 Weight Material Bearing plate Fits Special Order No. black 24357-000-55 white 24357-000-57 ADAPTER PANEL 5 24358 Weight Material Bearing plate Fits Special Order No. black 24358-000-55 white 24358-000-57 ADAPTER PANEL 6 24359 Weight Material Bearing plate Fits Special 0.145 kg steel 40 x 145 mm 19610, 19611, 19780, 24471, 24472, 24481, 24496 mounting template: 115 mm - M10 0.14 kg steel 90 x 100 mm 19610, 19611, 19780, 24471, 24472, 24481, 24496 mounting template: 70 to 76.2 mm - M6; including locking screws for the Genelec 8000 series Order No. black 24359-000-55 white 24359-000-57 Including locking screws for the Genelec 8000 series 304

306

SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · LIGHTING STANDS LIGHTING STAND 24620 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Crossbar dimen- sions Base diameter Max. load capacity* Number of legs Special BASELINE 3.66 kg aluminum 1,550 mm from 1,750 to 3,000 mm tube legs with cross braces 2-piece folding design clamping lever and safety pin diameter 35 mm diameter 35 x 1,230 mm 1,150 mm 20 kg 3 lightweight stand; aluminum crossbar included; crossbar with boreholes for up to 8 spotlights BASELINE 2.71 kg aluminum 1,590 mm from 1,800 to 3,220 mm tube legs with cross braces 2-piece folding design clamping lever and safety pin diameter 35 mm 1,150 mm 20 kg 3 lightweight stand; with adapter to take a TV pin (inner extension tube diameter 28 mm) LIGHTING STAND 24625 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Base diameter Max. load capacity* Number of legs Special Order No. black anodized 24625-000-35 Order No. black anodized 24620-000-35 Accessories Carrying case 24611 Crossbar 24622 Page 294 314 Accessories Carrying case 24611 Screw fitting set 24621 Page 294 314 LIGHTING STAND 24630 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Base diameter Max. load capacity* Number of legs Order No. black 24630-009-55 Accessories Crossbar 213/9 Crossbar 21393 Side crossbar 24637 Crossbar 24622 Carrying case 24611 Leveling leg for speaker stand 21445 TOPLINE 7.11 kg steel 1,600 mm from 1,955 to 2,915 mm tube legs with cross braces 2-piece folding design locking screw with push-button system diameter 35 mm, integrated threaded bush M10 for cross- bars 1,260 mm 20 kg 3 Page 314 314 314 314 294 290 With adapter to take a TV pin 306

307

SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · LIGHTING STANDS LIGHTING/SPEAKER STAND 24650 Weight Material Height LIGHTING/SPEAKER STAND 24653 Weight Material Height TOPLINE 12.68 kg steel 1,500 mm from 1,590 to 4,025 mm tube legs with double cross braces 3-piece folding design non-scratching locking screws diameter 30 mm, integrated threaded bush M10 for cross- bars 1,300 mm 20 kg 3 adjustable up to 4 m; additional safety rings LIGHTING STAND 24640 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Base diameter Max. load capacity* Number of legs Special Order No. black 24640-009-55 Accessories Crossbar 213/9 Carrying case 24611 Page 314 294 TOPLINE 14.4 kg steel from 1,420 to 2,420 mm 489 x 489 mm flat steel plate 2-piece folding design locking screw and safety hook diameter 35 mm, integrated threaded bush M10 for cross- bars 20 kg integrated shock ab- sorber; gradual height adjust- ment system Base dimensions Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Max. load capacity* Special Order No. black 24650-000-55 Accessories Carrying case for distance rods L 24609 Carrying case for base plate M 24617 Additional weight for base plates 26709 Base dimensions Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Max. load capacity* Special TOPLINE 14.4 kg steel from 1,420 to 2,420 mm 489 x 489 mm flat steel plate 2-piece folding design locking screw and safety hook diameter 35 mm, integrated threaded bush M10 for cross- bars 20 kg integrated shock absorber; gradual height adjustment system: depending on the requirements, there are three ways to position the distance rod Page 295 295 285 Order No. black 24653-000-55 Accessories Carrying case for distance rods L 24609 Carrying case for base plate M 24617 Additional weight for base plates 26709 Page 295 295 285 307

308

STARLINE LIGHTING/SPEAKER STAND »PRO« NEW 24651 Weight Material Height Base dimensions Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment 17.5 kg steel from 1,420 to 2,420 mm 550 x 550 mm flat steel plate 2-piece folding design spring-loaded bolt and locking screw diameter 35 mm, integ- rated threaded bush M10 for crossbars Tube end(s) Max. load capa- city* Special Order No. black 24651-000-55 pure white 24651-000-76 30 kg integrated shock absorber; gradual height adjustment system Accessories Carrying case for distance rods L 24609 Carrying case for base plate L 24627 Additional weight for base plates 26709 Page 295 295 285 308

309

SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · LIGHTING STANDS LIGHTING/SPEAKER STAND »PRO« NEW 24654 Weight Material Height STARLINE 17.4 kg steel from 1,420 to 2,420 mm 550 x 550 mm flat steel plate 2-piece folding design spring-loaded bolt and locking screw diameter 35 mm, integrated threaded bush M10 for cross- bars 30 kg integrated shock absorber; gradual height adjustment system: depending on the requirements, there are three ways to position the distance rod Base dimensions Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Max. load capacity* Special Order No. black 24654-000-55 pure white 24654-000-76 Thanks to the heavy, flat steel plate (550 x 550 mm), the stand is ideal for use where space is at a premium. Depending on requirements, there are three ways to position the pole. In addition to the centric and off-center position, the tube combination can also be mounted in the corner. The tried and tested K&M locking screw and the robust spring-loaded bolt are used for fixing. Accessories Carrying case for distance rods L 24609 Carrying case for base plate L 24627 Additional weight for base plates 26709 Page 295 295 285 309 Spring-loaded bolt and locking screw Flat steel base

310

SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · LIGHTING STANDS STARLINE LEVELING LEG FOR LIGHTING/SPEAKER STAND 24618 Weight Material Height Diameter Suitable for tubing diameter of Fits Special 1.05 kg steel 892 mm 40 mm WIND-UP STAND »3000« 24730 Weight Material Size when folded Height LIGHTING/SPEAKER STAND 24615 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Base diameter Max. load capacity* Number of legs Special STARLINE 7.9 kg aluminum 1,733 x 202 x 150 mm from 1,755 to 3,000 mm tube legs with double cross braces 2-piece folding design hand crank with push- button system and locking screw diameter 35 mm, integrated threaded bush M10 for cross- bars 1,550 mm 35 kg 3 steel extension tube; push-button system and hand crank avoid uncontrolled reverse motion; locking screw provides additional safety; zinc die-cast connecting parts 35 mm 24615 with the help of this adapter you can easily balance out uneven surfaces, stairs, steps or sloped surfaces of max. 200 mm; if the surface is even, you simply leave the adapter in the initial position on the spea- ker foot Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Base diameter Max. load capacity* Number of legs Special Order No. black 24618-000-55 STARLINE 12.4 kg aluminum 1,390 x 200 x 165 mm from 1,405 to 3,000 mm tube legs with double cross braces 3-piece folding design hand crank with push- button system and locking screw diameter 35 mm, integrated threaded bush M10 for cross- bars 1,550 mm 40 kg 3 steel extension tubes; push-button system and hand crank avoid uncontrolled reverse motion; locking screw provides additional safety; zinc die-cast connec- ting parts Order No. black 24615-000-55 Accessories Crossbar 213/9 Crossbar 21393 Leveling leg for lighting/speaker stand 24618 Page 314 314 310 Innovative crank mecha- nism; without cables; completely maintenance- free Load-bearing capacity: 35 kg 310 Allows a height adjustment of max. 200 mm Order No. black 24730-000-55 Accessories Crossbar 213/9 Crossbar 21393 Leveling leg for Wind-up stand »3000« 24738 Carrying case for wind-up stand »3000« 24731 Page 314 314 311 294 If the surface is even or for transport simply leave the adapter on the speaker foot Innovative dual crank mechanism; without cables; completely maintenance-free; crank can be removed Leveling leg for uneven surfaces (stairs, steps etc.)

312

SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · LIGHTING STANDS Innovative dual crank mechanism; without cables completely maintenance-free; Crank can be removed 312 WIND-UP STAND »4000« 24740 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Base diameter Max. load capacity* Number of legs Special STARLINE 13.7 kg aluminum 1,695 x 200 x 165 mm from 1,715 to 4,000 mm tube legs with double cross braces 3-piece folding design hand crank with push- button system and locking screw diameter 35 mm, integrated threaded bush M10 for cross- bars 2,000 mm 40 kg 3 steel extension tubes; push-button system and hand crank avoid uncontrolled reverse motion; locking screw provi- des additional safety; zinc die-cast connec- ting parts Order No. black 24740-000-55 The load is raised and lowered in a user-friendly, safe and reliable way via two separate crank gears. The integrated »Auto Lock« system pre- vents sudden lowering of the load by automatic locking. The crank can also be removed to prevent unauthorised use. Since no cables are used, the stand is completely maintenance-free. Accessories Crossbar 213/9 Crossbar 21393 Leveling leg for Wind-up stand »4000« 24748 Carrying case for wind-up stand »4000« 24741 Page 314 314 313 294

314

SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · LIGHTING STANDS ACCESSORIES CROSSBAR 213/9 Weight Material Dimensions Suitable for Max. load capacity Takes up to Fits Special Order No. black 21390-000-55 2.14 kg steel 1,260 x 40 x 20 mm M10 thread 25 kg 10 spot lights 24615, 24630, 24640, 24730, 24740 M10 x 40 mm bolt and washer included CROSSBAR 21393 Weight Material Dimensions Suitable for Max. load capacity Takes up to Fits Special Order No. black 21393-070-55 2.92 kg steel 1,455 x 40 x 20 mm tube diameter 35 mm 25 kg 10 spot lights 24615, 24630, 24730, 24740 secured by locking screw; 4 screw fittings included CROSSBAR 24622 Weight Material Dimensions dia- meter Suitable for Max. load capacity Takes up to Fits Special Order No. black anodized 24622-000-35 0.65 kg aluminum 36 x 1,230 mm tube diameter 35 mm 25 kg 8 spot lights 24625, 24630 secured by locking screw SIDE CROSSBAR 24637 Weight Material Dimensions dia- meter Suitable for Max. load capacity Takes up to Fits Order No. black 24637-000-55 0.6 kg aluminum 36 x 665 mm tube diameter 35 mm 10 kg 4 spot lights 24630 SCREW FITTING SET 21394 Weight Dimensions dia- meter Quantity Fits Special 0.36 kg 50 x 45 mm 4 screw fittings 213/9, 21393 for crossbars Order No. black (unit: 4 pcs.) 21394-000-55 SCREW FITTING SET 24621 Weight Dimensions dia- meter Quantity Fits 0.3 kg 54 x 51 mm 4 screw fittings 24620, 24622 Order No. black (unit: 4 pcs.) 24621-000-55 314

315

SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · LIGHTING STANDS ACCESSORIES MINI TV SPIGOT 24516 Weight Material Length Diameter Threaded connector male thread M10 x 0.02 kg aluminum 46.5 mm 16 mm 17 mm MINI TV SPIGOT 24517 Weight Material Length Diameter Threaded connector 3/8 Fits 0.015 kg aluminum 29.5 mm 16 mm 66370 Order No. 24516-000-00 Order No. 24517-300-00 TV SPIGOT 24518 Weight Material Length Diameter Threaded connector Order No. zinc-plated 24518-000-29 0.48 kg steel 215 mm 35 mm female thread M10 x 35 mm TV SPIGOT 24519 Weight Material Length Diameter Threaded connector Order No. zinc-plated 24519-000-29 0.478 kg steel 115 mm 28 mm female thread M10 x 34 mm MINI TV SPIGOT ADAPTER 66370 Weight Material Diameter Height Threaded connector male thread M10 x 0.14 kg aluminum 35 mm 52 mm 20 mm RIGGING 24613 Weight Material Height Diameter Special Order No. black 66370-000-55 Order No. 24613-000-00 0.08 kg aluminum 12 mm 65 mm for all K&M loudspeaker and lighting stands with extension tube diameter of 30-35 mm; with 3 drill holes ø 10 mm 315

316

SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · LIGHTING STANDS ACCESSORIES CONNECTION SLEEVE 66350 Weight Material Length Diameter Suitable for tubing diameter of Threaded connector M10 Function Special 0.66 kg steel 249 mm 40 mm 35 mm to slip on stand for TV spigot diameter 28 mm; with threaded bolt M10 x 20 mm; T-bar locking screw CONNECTION SLEEVE 66360 Weight Material Length Diameter Suitable for tubing diameter of Function Special 0.7 kg steel 249 mm 40 mm 35 mm to slip on stand for TV spigot diameter 28 mm; for lighting crossbars and individual spot- lights Order No. black 66350-070-55 Order No. black 66360-000-55 REDUCER FLANGE 24521 Weight Material Length Diameter Suitable for tubing diameter of Function Special 0.52 kg steel 100 mm 40 mm 35 mm to slip on stand secured by locking screw Order No. black, M10 x 12 mm 24521-000-55 black, M8 x 18 mm 24521-070-55 black, bolt diameter 25 mm 24521-250-55 black, 3/8“ x 12 mm 24521-300-55 black 24521-800-55 REDUCER FLANGE 24528 Weight Material Length Diameter Suitable for tubing diameter of Threaded connector M10 Function Special 0.46 kg steel 100 mm 40 mm 35 mm to slip on stand secured by locking screw Order No. black 24528-000-55 316

317

SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · LIGHTING STANDS ACCESSORIES TV SPIGOT ADAPTER BUNDLE 66390 Weight Material Consisting of 1.3 kg aluminum, steel 66350 Connection sleeve, 24519 TV spigot, 66370 Mini TV spigot adapter and 24516 Mini TV spigot Order No. black / zinc-plated 66390-000-55 FLOOR STAND FOR SPOT LIGHTS 17720 Weight Material Height Base diameter Special 0.7 kg steel 68 mm 352 mm with mini TV mount FLOOR STAND FOR SPOT LIGHTS 17725 Weight Material Height Base diameter Special 0.7 kg steel 50 mm 352 mm with threaded bolt M10 Order No. black 17720-000-55 Order No. black 17725-000-55 With mini TV mount With threaded bolt M10 317

320

MULTIMEDIA EQUIPMENT · STANDS 15.2 kg stand aluminum, wooden desk with aluminum finish 1,186 x 255 x 620 mm 1,290 mm 850 x 670 mm 620 x 462 mm two 3-pin XLR microphone sockets acoustic insulation (shock-mount plates effectively absorb shock and vibrations) PROMOTIONAL BOARD (EXCL. LOGO) 12383 Weight Material Dimensions Fits Special 1.8 kg aluminum 480 x 230 mm 12386 quick mounting and removal with two locking screws, no tools required optional: foil lettering to customer specifications PROTECTIVE COVER FOR LECTERN 12387 Weight Material Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits Special 3 kg nylon handle and shoulder straps zip fastener 12386 foamed cover Order No. 12387-000-00 Order No. silver 12383-020-81 LECTERN »OVATION PRO« 12386 Weight Material Size when folded Height Base dimensions Sloping desktop Connection Special Order No. silver 12386-020-81 Accessories Promotional board (excl. Logo) 12383 320 Protective cover for lectern 12387 320 Page 320

321

DESKTOP SMARTPHONE STAND 19756 Weight Material Height Width Base dimensions Leg construction Special 0.62 kg plastic, steel 200 mm from 55 to 85 mm 148 x 144 mm flat steel plate particularly suitable for smartphones, flat devices and MP3 players; operating elements are not impaired in their function; freely rotates 360°; flexible holding arm for individual alignment Order No. black 19756-000-55 SMARTPHONE STAND 19759 Weight Material Height Stand Rod combination Height Width Base diameter Leg construction Special 1.1 kg plastic, steel from 600 to 1,400 mm 3-piece folding design 200 mm from 55 to 85 mm 700 mm U-profile legs with cross braces particularly suitable for smartphones, flat devices and MP3 players; operating elements are not impaired in their function; freely rotates 360°; flexible holding arm for individual alignment Order No. black 19759-000-55 Accessories Carrying case 10012 Page 63 MULTIMEDIA EQUIPMENT · STANDS DESKTOP CAMERA STAND 19781 Weight Material Height Angle of inclination Leg construction 1.45 kg steel 214 mm 0° to 90° heavy round cast-iron base Threaded connector 1/4 Base diameter Max. load capacity Special 130 mm 1 kg 360° rotatable Order No. black 19781-100-55 321

322

UNIVERSAL TABLE-TOP STAND 12140 Weight Material Height Bearing plate Leg construction Connection stand/ plate Max. load capacity Special 1.3 kg steel stand, aluminum desk 240 mm 350 x 273 mm U-profile legs snap into socket prismatic »V-block« connector 4 kg suitable for notebooks, multimedia equipment, books, sheet music, etc.; 4 rubber knobs included MULTIMEDIA EQUIPMENT · STANDS DESKTOP CAMERA STAND 19782 Weight Material Size when folded Height Angle of inclination Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment 0.53 kg steel 279 x 62 mm from 280 to 488 mm 0° to 90° square tube legs snap into socket 2-piece folding design infinitely variable by means of ergonomically shaped clamping elements CAMERA STAND 19784 Weight Material Size when folded Height Angle of inclination Leg construction 1.1 kg steel 547 x 74 x 65 mm from 555 to 1,355 mm 0° to 90° U-profile legs with cross braces 3-piece folding design Rod combination Threaded connector 1/4 Base diameter Max. load capacity Special 700 mm 1 kg 360° rotatable Threaded connector 1/4 Base diameter Max. load capacity Special 250 mm 1 kg easy-to-use clamping levers; 360° rotatable Order No. black 19782-100-55 Order No. black 19784-100-55 Accessories Carrying case 10012 Page 63 Order No. black 12140-000-55 322

323

DJ DESK 12160 Weight Material 12.2 kg steel stand, tabletop MDF from 605 to 1,055 mm 1,100 x 455 mm Height Bearing plate Connection stand/plate Height adjustment spring-loaded clamping quick-release lock knob 30 kg adjustable end cap to stabilize the stand on uneven surfaces; flat and user-friendly package Max. load capa- city Special Order No. black 12160-000-55 Accessories Tray 12162 Trolley for Keyboard Stands 18806 Page 323 177 MULTIMEDIA EQUIPMENT · STANDS TRAY 12162 Weight Material Angle of inclination Bearing plate Rod combination Connection stand/ plate Adjustment Max. load capacity Fits Special Order No. black 12162-000-55 2.5 kg steel 0° to 32° 400 x 290 mm 2-piece folding design screw connection tilt gradual in 8 settings 7 kg 12160 adjustable in height and inclination 323

324

MULTIMEDIA EQUIPMENT · STANDS 324 DJ DESK 12170 Weight Material Size when folded Height Bearing plate Connection stand/ plate Height adjustment Max. load capa- city Special Order No. black 12170-000-55 22.8 kg steel stand, tabletop MDF 1,170 x 600 x 201 mm from 625 to 1,045 mm 1,170 x 600 mm screw connection spring-loaded clamping knob 30 kg levelling end cap to stabilize the stand on uneven surfaces; flat and user-friendly package Large folding event table for the professional DJ and many other uses. The 1,170 long and 600 mm wide tabletop offers plenty of space for all kinds of equipment and accessories. With a thickness of 25 mm, the MDF top can bear a load of up to 30 kg. The perfect working height is adjusted in 15 mm steps between 625 and 1,045 mm. For transport or space-saving storage, the two feet are folded in without fur- ther ado. The sturdy tubular steel construction and the large round levelling end caps give the practical table a very high level of stability and a secure stand. Accessories Cable clamp 18809 Trolley for Keyboard Stands 18806 Page 161 177

325

MULTIMEDIA EQUIPMENT · STANDS LAPTOP STAND 12197 Weight Material Size when folded Height Angle of inclination Laptop rest Adjustment Max. load capacity Special Order No. gray 12197-000-87 Accessories XL Stop pins for laptop stand 12189 Carrying case 12199 2.6 kg aluminum, steel 303 x 284 x 65 mm 65 mm 0° to 48° 250 x 303 mm tooth system with wing nut 8 kg individually adjustable stop pins; non-slip rubber pads are included Page 327 327 LAPTOP STAND 12195 Weight Material Size when folded Height Laptop rest Adjustment Max. load capacity Special Order No. gray 12195-000-87 Accessories XL Stop pins for laptop stand 12189 Carrying case 12199 2.9 kg aluminum, steel 303 x 284 x 65 mm from 65 to 265 mm 250 x 303 mm tooth system with wing nut 8 kg individually adjustable stop pins; non-slip rubber pads are included Page 327 327 325

326

MULTIMEDIA EQUIPMENT · STANDS 326 LAPTOP STAND 12190 Weight Material Size when folded Dimensions Laptop rest Adjustment Max. load capacity Special Order No. structured black 12190-024-56 1.75 kg steel tube, aluminum plates 330 x 304 x 66 mm 261 x 304 x 320 mm 264 x 304 mm tooth system with wing nut 8 kg individually adjustable stop pins; non-slip rubber pads are included This foldable and space-saving laptop stand is a must-have for every mobile DJ and musician. Due to its functionality and versatility, it can be assembled and disassembled very easily. The robust steel tube construction in combination with the attractive aluminium foot and support plate ensures excellent stability despite its low weight. Individually adjustable stop pins with rubber caps allow the use of all common laptop models, mixers, CD players, etc. The horizon- tal height is 320 mm and can be inclined in 3 steps. Non-slip rubber pads are included in the delivery. Accessories XL Stop pins for laptop stand 12189 Carrying case 12199 Page 327 327

327

CLAMPING LAPTOP STAND 12196 Weight Material Height Angle of inclination Laptop rest Clamping range Adjustment 2.74 kg aluminum, steel from 245 to 410 mm -90° to 118° 284 x 303 mm 10 to 58 mm tooth system with wing nut 8 kg individually adjustable stop pins; non-slip rubber pads are included Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 12196-000-55 Accessories XL Stop pins for laptop stand 12189 MULTIMEDIA EQUIPMENT · STANDS XL STOP PINS FOR LAPTOP STAND 12189 Weight Material Length Fits 0.05 kg steel 30 mm 12190, 12195, 12196, 12197 Order No. black 12189-000-55 CARRYING CASE 12199 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits Order No. 12199-000-00 0.25 kg nylon 330 x 305 x 66 mm handle zip fastener 12190, 12195, 12197 Page 327 327

328

MULTIMEDIA EQUIPMENT · STANDS LAPTOP STAND 12155 Weight Material Height Laptop rest Leg construction Rod combination Connection stand/ plate Adjustment Base diameter Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 12155-000-55 3.18 kg steel, plastic base from 790 to 1300 mm 400 x 290 mm socket with foldable legs 2-piece folding design prismatic »V-block« connector continuous 700 mm 5 kg 4 rubber knobs included MOUSE REST 12152 Weight Material Mouse rest Fits Special Order No. black 12152-000-55 1.12 kg steel 245 x 195 mm 12155, 12185 Mouse pad included LAPTOP STAND 12150 Weight Material Height Laptop rest Mouse rest Leg construction Rod combination Connection stand/ plate Adjustment Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 12150-021-55 4.445 kg steel from 763 to 1,245 mm 400 x 290 mm 245 x 195 mm tube legs with cross braces 2-piece folding design screw connection continuous 10 kg mouse pad and 4 rub- ber knobs included Accessories Carrying case 11450 Mouse rest 12152 Page 63 328 Accessories Carrying case 11450 Page 63 Screw-on mouse rest Folds compactly 328

329

MULTIMEDIA EQUIPMENT · STANDS LAPTOP STAND 12185 Weight Material Height Laptop rest Leg construction Rod combination Connection stand/ plate Adjustment Base diameter Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 12185-000-55 3.9 kg steel from 700 to 1,250 mm 479 x 312 mm tube legs with cross braces 2-piece folding design screw connection continuous 750 mm 10 kg 4 adjustable clamping bolts with rubber caps included The laptop stand offers stability and safety. The generously sized tray provides space for all common laptops. Thanks to the adjustable clamping bolts with rubber caps, the laptop is protected and can be secured safely on the stand. To secure the laptop, the clamping bolts are pressed on the laptop using wing nuts. An additional hole allows convenient cable management. The height of the stand can be adjusted variably. For transport the tray can be removed easily without the use of tools. The robust tripod legs quickly collapse together into a compact and easy to carry package. Accessories Mouse rest 12152 Page 328 329

330

MULTIMEDIA EQUIPMENT · STANDS SMARTPHONE STAND 19850 Weight Material Dimensions Special 0.07 kg acrylic 75 x 50 x 85 mm gentle grip pads Order No. black 19850-000-55 TABLET PC STAND 19855 Weight Material Dimensions Special Order No. black 19855-000-55 0.194 kg acrylic 130 x 80 x 140 mm gentle grip pads SMARTPHONE/TABLET PC TABLE STAND 19800 Weight Material Angle of inclination Width Adjustment Swivel Special 0.98 kg plastic, steel 0° to 150° from 130 to 224 mm continuous 360° rotates freely 360° Order No. black 19800-000-55 Smartphones are easy to attach and remove from the stand. Two pads on the bottom provide a non-slip standing. Tablets are easy to attach and remove from the stand. Two pads on the bottom provide a non-slip standing. 330

332

MULTIMEDIA EQUIPMENT · STANDS Can be adjusted variably to accommodate different tablet sizes and switches between portrait and landscape positions 332 TABLET PC TABLE STAND 19792 Weight Material Height Width Depth Angle of inclination Adjustment Special 1.3 kg plastic, steel from 128 to 232 mm from 222 to 334 mm from 6 to 11 mm 0° to 90° continuous freely rotates 90° Order No. black 19792-016-55 The individually adjustable support arms can ac- commodate the use of tablets ranging in height from 128 to 232 mm and width from 222 to 334 mm (for example iPad, iPad Air, iPad Pro, Amazon Fire HDX 8.9, Samsung Galaxy Tab from 9.7, Google Nexus 9, Asus Transformer or Microsoft Surface as well as Surface Pro). The depth of the tablets can vary between 6 and 11 mm. For the first use of the tablet holder the support arms settings are made by adjusting the clamp screws to the size and depth of the tablet. For other uses the tablet can be attached and detached quickly and simply through a snap lock. The holder will hold the tablet safe and secure. A handy wing nut allows one to adjust the angle, so that each user will easily be able to find their ideal individual position. The ta- blet can switch between portrait and landscape positions. The tablet is kept in place, there is no danger of the tablet switching position by itself.

333

UNIVERSAL STAND 19788 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment NEW 1.4 kg steel 570 x 85 x 75 mm from 620 to 1,470 mm socket with foldable legs 3-piece folding design non-scratching locking screws Threaded connector 3/8 Special plastic base; folds very small Order No. black 19788-300-55 TABLET PC STAND »BIOBASED« 19767 Weight Material Height Depth Angle of inclination Height Stand Leg construction 1.8 kg Bio-based plastic, steel from 155 to 307 mm 18 mm 0° to 90° from 860 to 1570 mm U-profile legs snap into socket continuous 2-piece folding design clutch 1 kg also suitable for tablets in cases or protective covers; not rotatable Adjustment Rod combination Height adjustment Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 19767-000-55 MULTIMEDIA EQUIPMENT · STANDS TABLET PC STAND 19798 Weight Material Height Width Depth Angle of inclination Height Stand Leg construction Adjustment Rod combination Height adjustment Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 19798-300-55 1.58 kg plastic, steel from 102 to 189 mm from 163 to 242 mm from 6 to 11 mm 0° to 90° from 700 to 1,550 mm socket with foldable legs continuous 3-piece folding design non-scratching locking screws 1 kg freely rotates 90° Accessories Carrying case 14102 Page 96 333

334

NEW 2.48 kg Bio-based plastic, steel from 158 to 280 mm from 150 to 430 mm 18 mm 90° from 890 to 1550 mm tube legs with cross braces continuous 2-piece folding design clamping element with locking screw 1 kg also suitable for tablets in cases or protective covers; freely rotates 90° TABLET PC STAND PRO »BIOBASED« 19778 Weight Material Height Width Depth Angle of inclination Height Stand Leg construction Adjustment Rod combination Height adjustment Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 19778-000-55 MULTIMEDIA EQUIPMENT · STANDS TABLET PC STAND 19793 Weight Material Height Width Depth Angle of inclination Height Stand Leg construction Adjustment Rod combination Height adjustment Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 19793-316-55 1.6 kg plastic, steel from 128 to 232 mm from 222 to 334 mm from 6 to 11 mm 0° to 90° from 700 to 1,550 mm socket with foldable legs continuous 3-piece folding design non-scratching locking screws 1 kg freely rotates 90° TABLET PC STAND »BIOBASED« 19775 Weight Material Height Width Depth Angle of inclination Height Stand Leg construction Adjustment Rod combination Height adjustment Max. load capacity Special 1.8 kg Bio-based plastic, steel from 158 to 280 mm from 150 to 430 mm 18 mm 0° to 90° from 640 to 1490 mm socket with foldable legs continuous 3-piece folding design non-scratching locking screws 1 kg also suitable for tablets in cases or protective covers; freely rotates 90° Accessories Carrying case 14102 Page 96 Order No. black 19775-300-55 Accessories Carrying case 14102 Page 96 Can be adjusted variably to accommodate different tablet sizes and switches between portrait and landscape positions 334

336

MULTIMEDIA EQUIPMENT · STANDS SCREEN/MONITOR STAND 26782 Weight Material Height 22.5 kg steel from 1,058 to 1,608 mm 550 x 550 mm flat steel plate 2-piece folding design flat screens from 24 to 46 spring-loaded clamping knob VESA MIS-D 100 (100x100) - ground plate, VESA MIS-E 200 (200x100) - ground plate, VESA MIS-E 200 (100x200) - with adapter bars, VESA MIS-F 200 (200x200) - with adapter bars, VESA MIS-F - with universal bracket: 250 to 600 mm horizontal 150 to 400 mm vertical internal cable routing possible; installation material (M4/M6/M8) and as- sembly tools included Base dimensions Leg construction Rod combination Suitable for Height adjustment Mounting device Easy to set up - hooking in system for screens Special Order No. structured black 26782-019-56 Modern screen stand with a flat steel base. The supplied mounting accessories allow VESA standard mounting for flat screens from 24“ to 46“. In the large dimensioned tube combination, cables are accommodated in a space-saving and organized manner. Height adjustment is made in steps using an ergonomic spring-loaded clamping knob. 336

337

SCREEN/MONITOR STAND 26783 Weight Material Height 17.7 kg steel from 1,100 to 1,650 mm 900 x 500 mm legs constructed from steel profile tubes with adjustable leveling feet ensure that the setup does not rock 2-piece folding design flat screens 42 to 65 spring-loaded clamping knob VESA MIS-F - with universal bracket: 300 to 800 mm horizontal, 200 to 500 mm vertical, VESA MIS-F 200 (200x200) - with adapter bars internal cable routing possible; installation material (M6/M8) and assembly tools included Base dimensions Leg construction Rod combination Suitable for Height adjustment Mounting device Special Order No. structured black 26783-019-56 337

339

MULTIMEDIA EQUIPMENT · HOLDERS SMARTPHONE HOLDER 19761 Weight Material Width Screw-on to Special 0.21 kg plastic from 45 to 90 mm tube diameter 30 mm particularly suitable for smartphones, flat devices and MP3 players; operating elements are not impaired in their function; freely rotates 360°; flexible holding arm for individual alignment SMARTPHONE HOLDER 19753 Weight Material Width Height Angle of inclination Threaded connector 3/8 and 5/8 Special 0.14 kg plastic, steel from 55 to 85 mm from 130 to 180 mm -30° to 30° particularly suitable for smartphones, flat devices and MP3 players; operating elements are not impaired in their function; freely rotates 360° SMARTPHONE HOLDER 19762 Weight Material Width Threaded connector 3/8 Special 0.11 kg plastic from 45 to 90 mm particularly suitable for smartphones, flat devices and MP3 players; operating elements are not impaired in their function; freely rotates 360°; flexible holding arm for individual alignment Order No. black 19762-300-55 Order No. black 19753-000-55 Order No. black 19761-000-55 339

340

MULTIMEDIA EQUIPMENT · HOLDERS SMARTPHONE HOLDER 19755 Weight Material Width Height Screw-on to Special 0.23 kg plastic from 55 to 85 mm from 130 to 180 mm tube diameter 30 mm particularly suitable for smartphones, flat devices and MP3 players; operating elements are not impaired in their function; freely rotates 360°; flexible holding arm for individual alignment Order No. black 19755-000-55 MAGNETIC HOLDER FOR TABLET PC 19708 Weight Material Dimensions Special 0.052 kg plastic, steel 46.5 x 44 x 27 mm noise-absorbing by small adhesive pads Order No. black 19708-000-55 SMARTPHONE/TABLET PC HOLDER 19805 Weight Material Width Clamping range Adjustment Swivel Special 0.58 kg plastic, steel from 130 to 224 mm up to 35 mm continuous 360° rotates freely 360°; can be adjusted individually in angle, height, and swivel range Order No. black 19805-000-55 340

341

SMARTPHONE/TABLET PC HOLDER 19764 Weight Material Width Depth Screw-on to Special NEW 0.3 kg aluminum, plastic from 120 to 245 mm 15 mm tube diameter 30 mm freely rotates 360°; flexible holding arm for individual alignment Order No. black 19764-000-55 MULTIMEDIA EQUIPMENT · HOLDERS TABLET PC HOLDER »BIOBASED« 19765 Weight Material Height Depth Angle of inclination Screw-on to Special 0.58 kg Bio-based plastic, steel from 155 to 307 mm 18 mm 0° to 90° tube diameter 30 mm also suitable for tablets in cases or protective covers; can also be screwed on to 3/8” thread connectors; not rotatable TABLET PC HOLDER »BIOBASED« 19743 Weight Material Height Width Depth Angle of inclination Screw-on to Special 0.7 kg Bio-based plastic, steel from 158 to 280 mm from 150 to 430 mm 18 mm 0° to 90° tube diameter 30 mm also suitable for tablets in cases or protective covers; can also be screwed on to 3/8” thread connectors; freely rotates 90° Order No. black 19765-000-55 Order No. black 19743-000-55 341

342

MULTIMEDIA EQUIPMENT · HOLDERS Can be adjusted variably to accommodate different tablet sizes 342 TABLET PC HOLDER 19796 Weight Material Height Width Depth Angle of inclination Screw-on to Special Order No. black 19796-000-55 0.58 kg plastic, steel from 102 to 189 mm from 163 to 242 mm from 6 to 11 mm 0° to 90° tube diameter 30 mm to be attached to tubes up to 30 mm diameter; alternatively: can be screwed on to 3/8” thread connectors; freely rotates 90° Tthanks to the strong clamp element with the er- gonomic clamp screw the holder can be attached to any tube up to 30 mm quickly and easily. The individually adjustable support arms can accom- modate the use of tablets ranging in height from 163 to 242 mm and a width from 102 to 189 mm (such as e.g. iPad mini, iPad Pro 9.7, Amazon Fire HDX 8.9, Google Nexus 9). The depth of the tablets can vary between 5 and 11 mm. For the first use of the tablet holder the support arm settings are made by adjusting the clamp screws to the size and depth of the tablet. For other uses the tablet can be attached and detached quickly and simply through a snap lock. A handy wing nut allows one to adjust the angle, so that each user will easily be able to find their ideal individual position. The tablet can switch between portrait and landscape positions.

343

MULTIMEDIA EQUIPMENT · HOLDERS TABLET PC HOLDER 19791 Weight Material Height Width Depth Angle of inclination Screw-on to Special Order No. black 19791-016-55 0.6 kg plastic, steel from 128 to 232 mm from 222 to 334 mm from 6 to 11 mm 0° to 90° tube diameter 30 mm to be attached to tubes up to 30 mm diameter; alternatively: can be screwed on to 3/8” thread connectors; freely rotates 90° TABLET PC STAND HOLDER »BIOBASED« 19766 Weight Material Height Depth Angle of inclination Suitable for Special 0.334 kg Bio-based plastic from 155 to 307 mm 18 mm 0° to 90° 3/8 and 5/8 thread also suitable for tablets in cases or protective covers; not rotatable TABLET PC STAND HOLDER »BIOBASED« 19744 Weight Material Height Width Depth Angle of inclination Suitable for Special 0.41 kg Bio-based plastic from 158 to 280 mm from 150 to 430 mm 18 mm 0° to 90° 3/8 and 5/8 thread also suitable for tablets in cases or protective covers; freely rotates 90° Order No. black 19766-000-55 Order No. black 19744-000-55 Can be adjusted variably to accommodate different tablet sizes 343

344

TABLET PC HOLDER BUNDLE 23874 Weight Material 3.3 kg Monitor mount aluminum, Tablet PC stand holder Bio- based plastic -90° to 85° up to 85 mm pneumatic spring 180° 8 kg also suitable for tablets in cases or protective covers; tablet size ~10-16; freely rotates 360°; continuously height adjustment of 200 + 350 mm; internal cable routing possible Angle of inclination Clamping range Height adjustment Swivel Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 23874-000-55 MULTIMEDIA EQUIPMENT · HOLDERS TABLET PC STAND HOLDER 19790 Weight Material Height Width Depth Angle of inclination Suitable for Fits 0.265 kg plastic from 128 to 232 mm from 222 to 334 mm from 6 to 11 mm 0° to 90° 3/8 thread 18807, 18817, 18873, 18944 to be screwed on to 3/8 threaded bolts; freely rotates 90° Special Order No. black 3/8“ 19790-316-55 TABLET PC STAND HOLDER 19795 Weight Material Height Width Depth Angle of inclination Suitable for Special 0.245 kg plastic from 102 to 189 mm from 163 to 242 mm from 6 to 11 mm 0° to 90° 3/8 thread to be screwed on to 3/8 threaded bolts; freely rotates 90° Order No. black 3/8“ 19795-300-55 Can be adjusted variably to accommodate different tablet sizes 344

345

ADAPTER FOR SCREENS 19685 Weight Material Bearing plate Suitable for Swivel Mounting device 0.62 kg steel 115 x 115 mm 3/8 thread 250° 4 mount holes VESA 75/100 7 kg 18807, 18817, 18873, 18944 prismatic »V-block« connector; T-bar locking screw nut; attaches to mic stands Max. load capacity Fits Special Order No. black 19685-300-55 Prismatic »V-block« connector MULTIMEDIA EQUIPMENT · HOLDERS ADAPTER 19610 Weight Material Angle of inclination Suitable for Function Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 19610-000-55 0.9 kg steel -30° to 60° tube diameter 35 mm to slip on stand 25 kg tiltable ADAPTER 19611 Weight Material Height Spacing of holes Suitable for Function Max. load capacity Order No. black 19611-000-55 0.5 kg steel 207 mm 70 mm tube diameter 35 mm to slip on stand 25 kg Accessories Adapter plate VESA MIS-D 75/100 19615 Adapter plate VESA MIS-E 200 19616 Adapter plate VESA MIS-F 200x200 19617 Adapter plate VESA MIS-F 400x400 19618 Adapter panel 1 24352 Adapter panel 2 24354 Adapter panel 3 24356 Adapter panel 4 24357 Adapter panel 5 24358 Adapter panel 6 24359 Page 346 346 346 346 304 304 304 304 304 304 Accessories Adapter plate VESA MIS-D 75/100 19615 Adapter plate VESA MIS-E 200 19616 Adapter plate VESA MIS-F 200x200 19617 Adapter plate VESA MIS-F 400x400 19618 Adapter panel 1 24352 Adapter panel 2 24354 Adapter panel 3 24356 Adapter panel 4 24357 Adapter panel 5 24358 Adapter panel 6 24359 Page 346 346 346 346 304 304 304 304 304 304 For mounting a wide variety of screens on speaker stands 345

346

MULTIMEDIA EQUIPMENT · HOLDERS ADAPTER PLATE VESA MIS-E 200 19616 Weight Material Bearing plate Fits 0.62 kg steel 215 x 115 mm 19610, 19611, 19780, 24471, 24472, 24481, 24496 mounting template: VESA MIS-E 200 mm Special Order No. black 19616-000-55 ADAPTER PLATE VESA MIS-F 200X200 19617 Weight Material Bearing plate Fits Special Order No. black 19617-000-55 0.75 kg steel 220 x 220 mm 19610, 19611, 19780, 24471, 24472, 24481, 24496 mounting template: VESA MIS-F 200 x 200 mm ADAPTER PLATE VESA MIS-D 75/100 19615 Weight Material Bearing plate Fits Special Order No. black 19615-000-55 0.35 kg steel 115 x 115 mm 19610, 19611, 19780, 24471, 24472, 24481, 24496 mounting temp- lates: VESA MIS-D 75/100 mm ADAPTER PLATE VESA MIS-F 400X400 19618 Weight Material Bearing plate Fits Special Order No. black 19618-000-55 1.2 kg steel 420 x 420 mm 19610, 19611, 19780, 24471, 24472, 24481, 24496 mounting template: VESA MIS-F 400 x 400 mm and VESA MIS-F 200 x 200 mm 346

347

MULTIMEDIA EQUIPMENT · HOLDERS MONITOR MOUNT 23873 Weight Material Angle of inclination Suitable for Clamping range Height adjustment Swivel Mounting device Max. load capacity Special 2.84 kg aluminum -90° to 85° flat screens up to 32 up to 85 mm pneumatic spring 180° 4 mount holes VESA 75/100 8 kg continuously hight adjustment of 200 + 350 mm; internal cable routing possible DUAL MONITOR MOUNT 23875 Weight Material Angle of inclination Suitable for Clamping range Height adjustment Swivel Mounting device Max. load capacity Special 4.51 kg aluminum -90° to 85° flat screens up to 32 up to 85 mm pneumatic spring 180° 4 mount holes VESA 75/100 8 kg continuously hight adjustment of 200 + 350 mm; internal cable routing possible TRIPLE MONITOR MOUNT 23878 Weight Material Angle of inclination Suitable for Clamping range Height adjustment Swivel Mounting device Max. load capacity Special 4.96 kg aluminum -90° to 85° flat screens up to 24 up to 85 mm pneumatic spring 180° 4 mount holes VESA 75/100 8 kg continuously hight adjustment of 160 + 350 mm; internal cable routing possible Order No. black 23873-000-55 Order No. black 23875-000-55 Order No. black 23878-000-55 Accessories Page Laptop rest 23880 348 Adapter for monitor mount 23881 348 Accessories Page Laptop rest 23880 348 Adapter for monitor mount 23881 348 Accessories Page Laptop rest 23880 348 Adapter for monitor mount 23881 348 347

352

SHOP FITTINGS · SHOP FITTINGS 352 SPACEWALL® SLAT WALL 44000 Order No. 44000-000-00 With SpaceWall® slat walls you can stylishly design the product presentation thus benefiting from the versatility of this system through user- selectable product displays. The product holders, that are available from us for Euro hole packa- ging or instruments, are precisely tailored to the SpaceWall® slat wall system. You can configure the SpaceWall® slat walls exactly to your needs. There are no limits to the height and width of the walls, so you can fit them to any wall surface. In addition, you can choose from standard HMB/ melamine resin decors such as white, grey, brus- hed aluminium, black, walnut or fine concrete for the optical design or to slat wall a painted individually in the RAL/NCS colour of your choice or you have it primed ready for painting. The spacing of the slide-in profiles can be selected to match the products you have intended for the wall. The following distances are available: 76.3 mm, 101.8 mm, 152.6 mm, 203.5 mm, 244.2 mm, 305.3 mm. In addition, you can define an area on the top and base section of the slat wall to remain free of insertion profiles if you so wish. Further adaptations to your needs are possible on request. Our sales team will be happy to advise you!

353

SHOP FITTINGS · SHOP FITTINGS ADAPTER FOR PRODUCT HOLDER 44060 Weight Material Dimensions Special 0.06 kg plastic 101 x 84 x 18 mm it is easy to attach all SpaceWall® product support arms/holder to any regular wall (except for 44140, 44185 und 44186) Order No. black 44060-000-55 PRODUCT SUPPORT ARM 441/1 Weight Material Angle of inclination Support depth Support Special 0.56 kg steel 23° from 261 to 461 mm felt pads suitable for heavy products PRODUCT HOLDER 44130 Weight Material Length Suitable for Order No. black 44130-000-55 0.179 kg steel 150 mm Euroslot hangers Order No. black 44110-000-55 PRODUCT HOLDER 44135 Weight Material Length Suitable for Order No. black 44135-000-55 0.22 kg steel 280 mm Euroslot hangers TRAY 44155 Weight Material Dimensions Special Order No. black 44155-000-55 2.28 kg aluminum 585 x 302 mm stop with edge- protection PRODUCT HOLDER FOR GUITAR 44140 Weight Material Dimensions Suitable for 0.44 kg steel 95 x 130 x 158 mm acoustic and electric guitars self-locking non-marring material forward-turned patented flexible hooking-in and clamping system suitable for asymmetric guitar necks Yoke Instrument support Direction Special Order No. black 44140-000-55 Patented flexible hooking-in and clamping system 353

354

SHOP FITTINGS · SHOP FITTINGS PRODUCT HOLDER FOR GUITAR 44160 Weight Material Dimensions Suitable for 0.3 kg steel 88 x 93 x 140 mm acoustic and electric guitars self-locking non-marring material forward-turned Yoke Instrument support Direction Order No. black 44160-000-55 PRODUCT HOLDER FOR GUITAR 44170 Weight Material Suitable for 0.48 kg steel acoustic and electric guitars self-locking non-marring material left or right turned Yoke Instrument support Direction Order No. black 44170-000-55 PRODUCT HOLDER FOR ELECTRIC GUITAR 44185 Weight Material Dimensions Suitable for Instrument support Direction Special Order No. black 44185-000-55 1.09 kg steel 690 x 220 x 165 mm electric guitars silicone cover in 8° settings 360° adjustable flexible support arms for neck and body PRODUCT HOLDER FOR UKULELES 44220 Weight Material Dimensions Support width Suitable for Yoke Instrument support Direction Order No. black 44220-000-55 0.187 kg steel 66 x 65 x 99 mm 38 mm ukulele fixed non-marring material forward-turned PRODUCT HOLDER FOR VIOLIN 44210 Weight Material Length Instrument support Special 0.15 kg plastic yoke, steel plate 125 mm flocked high quality flocking cover; with holder for bow Order No. black 44210-000-55 PRODUCT HOLDER FOR ACOUSTIC GUITAR 44186 Weight Material Dimensions Suitable for Instrument support Direction 1.15 kg steel 690 x 220 x 215 mm acoustic guitars silicone cover in 8° settings 360° adjustable flexible support arms for neck and body Special Order No. black 44186-000-55 354

355

PRODUCT HOLDER FOR VIOLIN 44215 Weight Material Length Instrument support Special 0.19 kg plastic yoke, steel plate 253 mm flocked high quality flocking cover; with holder for bow PRODUCT HOLDER FOR SAXOPHONE 44240 Weight Material Instrument support Order No. black 44240-000-55 0.82 kg steel non-marring material Order No. black 44215-000-55 SHOP FITTINGS · SHOP FITTINGS PRODUCT HOLDER FOR TROMBONE 44250 Weight Material Instrument support Special Order No. black 44250-000-55 0.58 kg steel non-marring material adjustable support cone TRUMPET PEG 15214 Weight Material Height Instrument support Threaded connector M5 Fits Special 0.2 kg plastic 202 mm felt pads 12210, 17715, 44192 peg adapter 15281 included; rubber-covered peg top Order No. black 15214-017-55 CLARINET PEG 17741 Weight Material Height Suitable for Instrument support Threaded connector M5 Fits 0.05 kg plastic 133 mm Eb and C clarinets felt-lined 12210, 17715, 44192 Order No. black 17741-017-55 Order No. black 15224-000-55 CLARINET PEG 15224 Weight Material Height Suitable for Threaded connector M5 Fits Special 0.1 kg plastic 179 mm A, Bb and G clarinets 12210, 17715, 44192 peg adapter 15281 included; with felt ring 355

356

SOPRANO SAXOPHONE PEG 15294 Weight Material Height Instrument support Threaded connector M5 Fits Special 0.2 kg plastic 243 mm felt pads 12210, 17715, 44192 incl. peg adapter 15281 Order No. black 15294-017-55 RECORDER PEG 17782 Weight Material Height Suitable for 0.05 kg plastic peg with steel core 136.5 mm soprano and piccolo recorders Threaded connector M5 Peg diameter Fits 12210, 17715, 44192 ENGLISH HORN PEG 17731 Weight Material Height Instrument support Threaded connector M5 Fits 0.07 kg plastic 160 mm felt-lined 12210, 17715, 44192 Order No. black 17731-017-55 RECORDER PEG 17786 Weight Material Height Suitable for 0.06 kg plastic peg with steel core 136.5 mm alto and tenor recor- ders Threaded connector M5 Peg diameter Fits 12210, 17715, 44192 Order No. black 17782-005-55 Order No. black 17786-005-55 SHOP FITTINGS · SHOP FITTINGS FLUGELHORN PEG 15244 Weight Material Height Instrument support Threaded connector M5 Fits Special 0.2 kg plastic 242 mm felt pads 12210, 17715, 44192 peg adapter 15281 included; rubber-covered peg top Order No. black 15244-017-55 OBOE PEG 17738 Weight Material Height Threaded connector M5 Fits 0.075 kg plastic 150 mm 12210, 17715, 44192 Order No. black 17738-005-55 356

357

FLUTE PEG 17788 Weight Material Height Suitable for PRODUCT HOLDER FOR CYMBAL 44380 Weight Material Length Diameter 0.36 kg steel 300 mm 10 mm 0.06 kg plastic 130 mm Bass, Böhm and Cross flutes Threaded connector M5 Peg diameter Fits 12210, 17715, 44192 Order No. black 44380-000-55 Order No. black 17788-005-55 SHOP FITTINGS · SHOP FITTINGS PRODUCT HOLDER FOR HEADPHONE 44195 Weight Material Support depth Support width Support Special Order No. black 44195-000-55 0.22 kg steel 60 mm 100 mm rubber covered for up to 2 standard headphones and 4 In- Ear headphones PRODUCT HOLDER FOR HEADPHONE 44198 Weight Material Support depth Support width 0.14 kg steel 72 mm 36 mm Order No. black 44198-000-55 357

358

SHOP FITTINGS · SHOP FITTINGS PRODUCT HOLDER FOR MICROPHONE 44500 Weight Material Length Threaded connector 3/8 Special 0.31 kg steel 140 mm for microphones and other equipment with 3/8 threads Order No. black 44500-000-55 PRODUCT LABEL BUNDLE 77977 Weight Material Dimensions Special 0.1 kg plastic 180 x 115 mm download of corresponding product specifications on our website; a set consisting of: 10 pieces plastic cover (transparent) and 2 meter elastic (black) Order No. 77977-000-00 UNIVERSAL HOLDER 44192 Weight Material Length 0.3 kg steel 140 mm Order No. black 44192-000-55 Download of corres- ponding product specifications on our website 358

368

INDEX Product Page Product 19 Power box 19 Rack shelf 19-Power box A-guitar stand A-guitar stand »Heli 2« A-guitar stand »Wave 10« Accordion stand Acoustic absorber with Velcro strip Adapter Adapter bolt Adapter for »Spider Pro« Adapter for instrument pegs Adapter for monitor mount Adapter for product holder Adapter for screens Adapter panel 1 Adapter panel 2 Adapter panel 3 Adapter panel 4 Adapter panel 5 Adapter panel 6 Adapter plate VESA MIS-D 75/100 Adapter plate VESA MIS-E 200 Adapter plate VESA MIS-F 200x200 Adapter plate VESA MIS-F 400x400 Adapter sleeve Adapter sleeve »Easy Lock« Adapter sleeve »Ring Lock« Additional weight for base plates Amp stand Backrest Backrest for »Gomezz« Baritone saxophone stand Baritone stand Base »FlexLight« Base plate Base plate L Base plate L (3 x M20) Base plate M Base plate M (3 x M20) Base plate S Base plate S (3 x M20) Basic support »Omega« Table stand Bass clarinet stand Bass holder Bass saxophone stand Bass stool Bass trombone stand Bass trumpet/Flugelhorn stand Bassoon stand Bearing plate Boom arm Boom arm XL Bracket Cable clamp Cable clamp for »Omega« Cable hanger Cable holder Cable organiser for »Omega« Camera stand Can holder Capo for ukuleles Carrier bag for round base 368 189 188 189 70 72 73 113 43 161, 165, 272, 273, 345 273 174 112 348 353 345 304 304 304 304 304 304 346 346 346 346 289 288 288 285 184 129 129 94 102 62 246, 283 284 285 284 284 283 283 158 98 135 94 134 101 107 95 272 215, 216, 217, 291 217 109 292 161 190 292 161 322 65 86 295 Carrying case Carrying case »Pro« Carrying case »Select« Carrying case for base plate L Carrying case for base plate M Carrying case for base plate S Carrying case for distance rods L Carrying case for distance rods M Carrying case for wind-up stand »3000« Carrying case for wind-up stand »4000« Castor set for »Guardian« Ceiling mount Cello stand Chair cart Chair connector Chair for Kettledrums and Conductor’s Chair for Percussion Chair leg extension Clamp bracket Clamping desktop monitor stand Clamping laptop stand Clarinet peg Clarinet stand Conductor podium Connection sleeve Connector plate Contrabassoon stand Controller keyboard tray Controller keyboard tray XL Counter weight Cover for speaker wall mount Cover for wagon Crossbar Curtain for conductor podium Design microphone table stand Design monitor stand Desktop camera stand Desktop monitor stand Desktop smartphone stand Distance rod Distance rod »Easy Lock« Distance rod »Pro« Distance rod »Ring Lock« Distance rod with hand crank Distance rod with hand crank and »Ring Lock« DJ Desk Double bass stand Drink holder Drink holder »Biobased« Drum Tool Drummer‘s throne Drummer‘s throne »Gomezz« Drummer‘s throne »Nick« Drummer’s throne »Picco« Drummer’s throne »Piccolino« Drummer‘s throne with pneumatic spring Drumstick holder Dual monitor mount Dulcimer stand E-guitar stand Page 63, 91, 96, 102, 103, 128, 130, 137, 167, 168, 175, 238, 292, 294, 327 294 239, 293 295 295 295 295 295 294 294 80 236 89, 90 135 135 134 134 135 267 267 327, 245, 247, 248, 249, 250, 251, 252 355 96, 97, 98 46 316 282 95, 283, 284 160, 172 173 244 305 39 314 47 220 270 321, 322 266, 265, 266 268, 269, 321 274, 275, 276, 277 281, 282 276, 278 279, 280, 281, 282 278 279 323, 324 90 65 66 128 120 122 121 120 120 121 128 347 87 70

369

Product Page Product E-guitar stand »Heli 2« E-guitar stand »Wave 20« E+A guitar stand »Duet« English horn peg English-Horn stand Equipment stand Eurorack stand Extender brackets 19 Extension Extension for light stands Extension rod Extension rod for microphone stands Feet for conductor podium Five e-guitar stand »Guardian 5« Five guitar stand »Guardian 5« Flange adapter Floor stand for spot lights Flugelhorn peg Flugelhorn stand Flute peg Flute stand Footrest Four guitar stand »Guardian 3+1« Four guitar stand »Roadie« Gooseneck Guitar capo Guitar performer stand Guitar stand »Carlos« Guitar stand »Double« Guitar stand »Memphis 10« Guitar stand »Memphis 20« Guitar stand »Memphis Pro« Guitar stand »Memphis Travel« Guitar Station L Guitar Station M Guitar stool Guitar tool Guitar wall mount Harmonica holder Headphone holder Headphone holder with table clamp Headphone table stand Headphone wall holder Holding magnet with pencil Inclinable stand adapter Keyboard bench Keyboard stand Keyboard stand »Baby-Spider Pro« Keyboard stand »Rick 20« Keyboard stand »Rick« Keyboard stand »Spider Pro« Keyboard stand for kids Keyboard stand with tabletop Knurled washer Laptop holder Laptop rest Laptop rest for the »Spider Pro« Laptop stand Lectern »Ovation Pro« LED piano lamp LED replacement bulb Leveling leg for lighting/speaker stand Leveling leg for speaker stand Leveling leg for Wind-up stand »3000« 73 ´73 71 356 100 162 183 186 244 273 167, 174, 274 244, 245 46, 47 79 78 286 317 356 108 357 99 83, 84, 129 79 77 224, 225 84 80 76 77 74 74 74 70 75 75 127 85 81, 82 113, 114 180, 181, 182 180 180 181 67 288 136 143, 148, 150, 152 171 153 151 170 148 150 246 160 348 173 325, 326, 328, 329 320 50, 51 62 310 290 311 Leveling leg for Wind-up stand »4000« Levelling adapter Lighting stand Lighting/Speaker stand Lighting/Speaker stand »Pro« Magnet Magnetic holder for tablet PC Marching drum stand Microphone »Fishing Pole« Microphone »Fishing Pole« L Microphone »Fishing Pole« M Microphone »Fishing Pole« XL Microphone arm Microphone bar Microphone clip Microphone desk arm Microphone holder Microphone holder for drums Microphone stand Microphone stand - Tube combination Microphone stand »Large« Microphone stand »Rien« Microphone stand »Soft-Touch« Microphone stand L Microphone stand XL Microphone table base Microphone table stand Mini boom arm Mini TV spigot Mini TV spigot adapter Mixer stand Monitor mount Monitor plate M Monitor plate S Monitor stand Monitor wall mount Mounting adapter Mouse rest Music and instrument tray Music holder for dulcimer stand 28070 Music stand Music stand »Robby Plus« Music stand light »2 LED FlexLigh rechargeablet« Music stand light »2 LED FlexLight« Music stand light »4 LED T-Model FlexLight« Music stand light »Concert Light« Music stand light »Dimmer Light« Music stand light »Double LED FlexLight« Music stand light »Double2 LED FlexLight rechargeable« Music stand light »Double2 LED FlexLight« Music stand light »Double4 LED FlexLight« Music stand light »Double4 LED FlexLight« Set Music stand light »Double4 LED T-Model FlexLight« Music stand light »LED FlexLight« Music stand light »Orchestra Light Eos« INDEX Page 313 289 306, 307 307, 310 308, 309 64 340 115 226 227 227 228 233 237 243 231, 232 233, 237 233 194, 195, 198, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 208, 209, 212, 214, 221 198 197 213 198, 206, 207, 214 197 197 222, 223 219 215 315, 185, 186, 188, 191, 192, 193, 194, 195, 197 , 200, 202 315 183, 185 347 167 246 268, 269 338 286 328 64 87 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31 28 53 52 56 58 61 52 53 53 55 54 57 52 59 369

370

INDEX Product Music stand light »T-Model LED FlexLight rechargeable« Music stand light »T-Model LED FlexLight« Music stand light »Twin Head Pro« Music stand light »Twin Head« Musician’s chair Mute holder Mute holder ring Oboe peg Oboe stand One hand microphone stand One-hand microphone stand »Elegance« One-hand microphone stand »Performance« Orchestra chair Orchestra chair with tiltable seat Orchestra conductor stand base Orchestra conductor stand desk Orchestra music stand Orchestra music stand »Overture« Overhead microphone stand Panel Peg adapter Peg base Peg holder Pencil holder Percussion table Piano bench Piano bench - wooden-frame Piano bench »Uplift« Piano bench with quilted seat cushion Piano bench with sheet music storage Piano stool Piano tuning lever Piano tuning lever set Pick holder Pneumatic stool Popkiller Power magnet Power unit »FlexLight« Product holder Product holder for acoustic guitar Product holder for cymbal Product holder for electric guitar Product holder for guitar Product holder for headphone Product holder for microphone Product holder for saxophone Product holder for trombone Product holder for ukuleles Product holder for violin Product label bundle Product support arm Projector tray Promotional board (excl. Logo) Protective cover for lectern Protective shield with stand Protective shield with threaded connection Quick-Release Adapter for microphones Rack Rack desk stand Rack wagon Rackmount storage Railing for conductor podium 370 Page 56 56 60 60 131 107 108 356 98 195, 196 199 200 132, 133 132 41 41, 42 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37 38 210, 211 188, 189 111 108 111 66 115 138, 139, 143, 144 140 138 144 144 145 116 116 246 124, 125 229, 230 65 62 353 354 357 354 353, 354 357 358 355 355 354 354, 355 358 353 271 320 320 44 44 247 187 186 186 189 46 Product Recorder peg Recorder stand Reducer flange Replacement bulb Rigging Safety ring Saxophone stand Saxophone stand »Jazz« Saxophone stand »Saxxy« School orchestra music stand Score tray Screen/Monitor stand Screw fitting set Screw-on adapter Seat cushion - imitation leather Seat cushion - leather Seat cushion - velvet Sheet music and concept holder Sheet music and document holder Sheet music clip Sheet music clips »Fix´n Clip« Sheet music holder Side crossbar Single rack rail Sliding shelf Smartphone holder Smartphone stand Smartphone/Tablet PC holder Smartphone/Tablet PC table stand Soprano saxophone peg Soprano saxophone stand Soprano saxophone stand »Saxxy« Sound insulation element for Orchestra seats with backrest Sound insulation stand Sousaphone stand SpaceWall® slat wall Speaker ceiling mount Speaker mount Speaker mounting fork Speaker stand Speaker stand »Easy Lock« Speaker stand »Pro« Speaker stand »Ring Lock« Speaker stand package Speaker stand XL Speaker tilt connector Speaker tilt connector »Ring Lock« Speaker wall mount Speaker wall mount L Speaker wall mount M Speaker wall mount package Speaker wall/ ceiling mount Speaker/Monitor stand Spindle Drummer’s Throne Stackable microphone stand Stackable one-hand microphone stand Stacker Stacker A Page 356 100 316 62 315 292 91 92 92, 93 31 42 336, 337 314 286 142 142 141 175 240 65 65 64 314 190 188 339, 340 321, 330 340, 341 330 356 91, 93 93 43 43 105 352 303 298 291 250, 251, 253, 254, 255, 256, 258, 259, 260 260, 261 257 262, 263 250, 251 252 287 287 296, 297, 298, 301, 302, 303 300 299 302 301, 302 250 121 196 196 150, 159, 165 162

371

Product Stacker B Stacking chair Stage piano support for »Omega« Stage stool Stair for conductor podium Stand adapter Stand for electric double bass Stand for kingsize tuba Stool Stool with backrest String Cutter Support arm set A Support arm set B Support arm XL Table clamp Table flange Table microphone clamp Table microphone stand Table monitor stand Table monitor stand »Z-Stand« Table music stand Table- /Floor microphone stand Table-style keyboard stand Table-style keyboard stand »Omega Pro« Table-style keyboard stand »Omega-E« Table-style keyboard stand »Omega« Table-style stage piano stand Tablet PC holder Tablet PC holder »Biobased« Tablet PC holder bundle Tablet PC stand Tablet PC Stand »Biobased« Tablet PC stand holder Tablet PC stand holder »Biobased« Tablet PC Stand Pro »Biobased« Tablet PC stand with boom arm »Biobased« Tablet PC table stand Tabletop for »Omega« Tabletop for X-stands Tabletop microphone stand Tenor horn stand Thread adapter Threaded bolt Threaded bolt set for »Spider Pro« Three guitar stand »Guardian 3« Tiltable clamping desktop monitor stand Tiltable desktop monitor stand Tray Tray XL Triple monitor mount Trolley for digital upright pianos Trolley for Keyboard Stands Trombone stand Trumpet holder Trumpet peg Trumpet stand Tuba performer stand Tuba performer stand for children Tuba stand Tuning fork TV spigot Page Product TV spigot adapter bundle Ukulele / Violin stand Ukulele holder Ukulele wall mount Uni-Boy »Book« stand Uni-Boy »Classic« stand Universal carrying case Universal clamp Universal clamping holder Universal drink holder Universal drink holder XL Universal holder Universal holder for »Spider Pro« Universal joint Universal rack shelf Universal speaker wall mount Universal stand Universal table-top stand Universal wall mount Ventilation panel Violin holder Violin stand Violin wall holder Violin/Ukulele display stand Wagon for orchestra music stands Wall mount for acoustic guitar Wall mount for electric guitar Wall mount for microphone desk arms Warning strip Wind-up stand »3000« Wind-up stand »4000« Wooden music stand XL Stop pins for laptop stand XLR Microphone stand with gooseneck 163, 93, 94, 119, 121, 128, 156, 157, 164, 229, 279, 281 131 158 126, 127 47 245 90 103 123, 125 125 85 172 172 159 233, 234 232, 244 233 218, 219 265, 266 264 49 220, 221, 222 155, 164 157 155 156 165 342, 343 341 344 330, 333, 334 333, 334 344 343 334 335 331, 332 158 153 220 102 240, 241, 242 235, 246 334 79 267 266 335, 336, 292, 323, 353 271 347 176 177 101 107 355 105, 106 104 104 103 116 315 INDEX Page 317 86 85 86 49 49 95 234 234 66 66 153, 166, 358 173 243 188 301 271, 333 322 236 188 88 88, 89 88 89 39 83 83 232 292 310 312 48 327 201 371

Music stands

Stands and accessories for instruments

Drummer‘s thrones, benches & stools

Keyboard stands

Accessories for stages, studios and home recording

Microphone stands

Stands for speakers, lights and monitors

Multimedia equipment

Shop fittings

Notes